WATER AND ENERGY

INTERNATIONAL
VOLUME 65/RNI, NO. 4 ISSN: 0974-4711
July 2022 Pages : 84 Rs. 200/-

International Commission on Large Dams – 9th General Assembly at Marseille, France

A TED SER
IC V

CENTRAL BOARD OF IRRIGATION & POWER

D

IC
DE

95
NEW DELHI Years

15
www.cbip.org
 Shri Ghanshyam Prasad
Chairperson, Central Electricity Authority &
Ex-officio Secretary to Government of India being
welcomed by Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, CBIP on
assuming charge of Sr. Vice President of CBIP
CBIP congratulates Shri Ghanshyam Prasad on
being elevated as Chairperson, Central Electricity
Authority (CEA), and welcomes him as Senior Vice
President of the Board.
Shri Ghanshyam Prasad is a Central Power
Engineering Service (CPES) officer of 1989-batch.
He is B.Tech (Electrical) from IIT, BHU; M. Tech
(Energy and Environment Management) from IIT,
Delhi, and MBA (Finance). Prior to this, he served
as Joint Secretary (O&M, Transmission & R&R)
in the Ministry of Power. He was also the Chief
Engineer in the Ministry of Power and in charge of
reforms and restructuring (R&R) in the electricity
sector and Operation and Monitoring (OM) of
the Electricity Grid. He has also worked as Chief
Engineer (Distribution) in Central Electricity Authority
and Director (Transmission and OM) in the Ministry
of Power. He was also with Haryana Electricity
Regulatory Commission for about six years. He
has varied and rich experience in the power system
operation and the electricity sector and has so far
contributed immensely to the development of the Power Sector.
CBIP is honored to have him as Sr. Vice President and look forward serving the power sector in an effective
manner for its further growth under his dynamic leadership.

Shri K.K. Singh

joined as Director (Water Resources),
Central Board of Irrigation and Power
Shri K.K. Singh joined as Director (Water Resources), CBIP w.e.f. 21st June 2022.
Prior to this, he has worked as Regional Executive Director (Hydro, DBF, Northern
Region), CEO - BRBCL, CEO – NHL in NTPC Limited, Director, UJVNL, and up to
the level of Chief Engineer in NHPC Limited and he had also served in SJVNL, the
then NJPC.
He is BE (Civil) from MMMEC, Gorakhpur (1977-1981). He has work experience of
40 years and has worked in construction and O&M of Generation (Hydro, Thermal,
and Solar), Transmission, and Infrastructure Development. He has expertise in
Construction/Operation of Hydro Projects, Contract, Procurement, and Project
Management.
 Central Board of Irrigation & Power
Office bearers
President : Dr. R.K. Gupta, Chairman, CWC
(i) Sr. Vice President : Mr. Ghanshyam Prasad, Chairperson, CEA
(ii) Vice President : Mr. Vivek P. Kapadia, Secretary to Government of Gujarat
and Director (Civil), Sardar Sarovar Narmada Nigam Ltd.
(iii) Vice President : Mr. Abhay Kumar Singh, CMD, NHPC Ltd.
(iv) Vice President : Mr. S.K. Mishra, Director, SECI
(v) Vice President : Mr. Anil Sardana, MD & CEO, Adani Transmission Ltd. &
Adani Power Ltd.
Secretary : Mr. A.K. Dinkar
Director (Energy) : Mr. Sanjeev Singh
Director (WR) : Mr. K.K. Singh

• The statements and opinions From Editor’s Desk

expressed in this Journal are not Mr. A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, CBIP 3
necessarily of Central Board of
Irrigation & Power. Articles

• Reproduction of articles from Water Water Resources Section

and Energy International is subject
to approval of the Editor.
• Interested authors from India and
abroad are requested to contribute
their articles to this Journal and
send the same to Secretary, Central
Board of Irrigation & Power, well in
advance.
All communications should be
addressed to :
Secretary
Central Board of Irrigation & Power
Malcha Marg, Chanakyapuri
New Delhi 110 021
Ph. : 91-11-2611 5984
Fax : 91-11-2611 6347
E-mail : cbip@cbip.org
Website : www.cbip.org
Total Pages 84
247 Estimation of Peak Flood Discharge for
Ungauged Catchments of River Beas,
Himachal Pradesh Using Rational Formula
and GIS Based Synthetic Unit Hydrograph
Approach – Archana S. Shinde, N. Vivekanandan,
C. Srishailam and R. G. Patil 6
248 Role of Dams in Mitigating the Impacts of
Climate Change – D.K. Sharma and
Dr R. K. Gupta 17
249 Estimating Recreational Value of Khecheopalri
Lake Ecosystem of Sikkim Himalaya using
Contingent Valuation and Travel Cost Methods –
Kul Bahadur Chettri and Ruma Kundu 25
Energy Section
250 Indian Power Sector : Legislations, Policies &
Regulations – Atul Agrawal 30
EDITORIAL BOARD
Mr. Vivek P. Kapadia, Secretary to Government of Gujarat
and Director (Civil), Sardar Sarovar Narmada Nigam Limited
Mr. Avinash C. Tyagi, Former Secretary General,
International Commission on Irrigation & Drainage
Mr. Manoj Aggarwal, Independent Public Policy
and Impact Investment Professional
Mr. D.K. Chaturvedi, Former General Manager, NTPC Ltd.
Dr. Rajesh Arora, Manager, Delhi Transco Ltd.

Monthly Journal
Monthly Subscription Rs. 200/-
Annual Subscription Rs. 2400/-
Publisher, Printer and Editor Mr. A.K. Dinkar on behalf of Central Board
of Irrigation and Power, Printed at M/s Chandu Press, D-97, Shakarpur,
Delhi, published from Central Board of Irrigation and Power, Malcha
Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi 110 021

WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 3

 C O N T E N T S (contd.)

251 Wind Energy Policies in India and the Way Ahead – Divik Kandpal, Dr. Anil Kumar and
Dr. Tarun Dhingra 40
252 Water and Energy Efficiency in Indian Steel Industry – Aruna Jha, Prof Vijita S. Aggarwal
and Manoj K. Aggarwal 47
253 Measuring the Impact of Electrification on Socio-Economic Development of Rural Odisha –
Bijay Kumar Mohanty and Prof.(Dr.) Sasmita Samanta 52

news letter
Water Resources Section
– Tunnelling Asia 2022 Conference on Underground Space: The Need of the Day –
27-28 June 2022 at Mumbai 58
– 3rd Edition of TAI Tunnelling and Underground Space Awards 2022 62
– Workshop on Observational Approach in Tunnelling: Evolvement, Issues and Challenges –
24–25 June, 2022, MMRDA Auditorium, Mumbai 66
– TAIYM Annual Tunnelling Conference on Underground Space: Challenges & Opportunities –
28th June, 2022 at Mumbai 68
Energy Section
– Valedictory report of the 26 Weeks Post Graduate Diploma Course in Transmission &
Distribution Systems with Automation (SCADA / DMS) 2021-22 Batch – 27th January
2022, Gurgaon 70
– Signing of MoU between CBIP & NETCL 71
– Training Program (online) on 765 KV Transmission System – 22nd June 2022 72
– National Seminar on Electrical and Fire Accidents in Power Industry – Causes and
Prevention – 23-24 June, 2022, Shimla 73
– National Tutorial (Online) on Features in Modern Numerical Relays for enhancing the
performance of Power System Protection’ – 29-30 June 2022 77
– CBIP Activities during June-July 2022 78

Water & Energy Abstracts

• Water Resources Section 79
• Energy Section 80

Far & Near in Water and Energy

• News - Water Resources Section 81
• News - Energy Section 82

CBIP’s Centre of Excellence,

Gurugram
Category-I Training Institute in Power System
Ministry of Power, Govt. of India vide their letter no.
12/24/2016/T&R dated 28th July 2022 has communicated
renewal of recognition for another four (04) years w.e.f.
1st February, 2021 up to 31st January, 2025 to CBIP’s Centre
of Excellence, Gurugram as Category-I Training Institute in
Power System.

4 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 Dear all,
Greetings from CBIP.
India has distinct topological and geographical features which results in varying climatic
zones ranging from the arid Thar desert in north-western part, Humid areas in south-
western region, central and north-eastern parts, Himalayan tundra in the northern regions.
Further, there are diverse micro-climatic areas that spread across the vast sub-continent.
A dominant and key feature of regional climate is ISM (Indian Summer Monsoons). The
ISM also exhibits a rich variety of natural variations on different timescales ranging across
sub-seasonal/intra-seasonal, inter-annual, multi-decadal and centennial timescales, which
are evident from instrumental records and paleo-climate reconstructions. Results from
studies simulating the past climate using paleo-climate proxies indicate that the changes recently observed in
global surface temperature are unusual and the natural processes alone cannot explain the rapid rate of warming
since the industrial era. The annual mean near-surface air temperature over India has warmed by around 0.7 °C
during 1901–2018 with the post-1950 trends attributable largely to anthropogenic activities. Atmospheric moisture
content over the Indian region has also risen during this period. The mean temperature rise over India by the end
of the twenty-first century is projected to be in the range of 2.4–4.4 °C across greenhouse gas warming scenarios
relative to the average temperature over 1976–2005. With the resultant increase in temperature and atmospheric
moisture, climate models project a considerable rise in the mean, extremes and inter-annual variability of monsoon
precipitation by the end of the century. With extremes and inter-annual variability of monsoon precipitation, the
role of dams becomes extremely important in mitigating the impacts of climate change for water security, dam
safety, flood mitigation etc. This requires formulation of new plans and strategies for management and operation
of existing as well as future water resources projects. In view of the importance of the topic an article titled “Role
of Dams in Mitigating the Impacts of Climate Change” has been included in the present issue of journal.
Two case studies one on estimation of Peak Flood Discharge for ungauged catchments of river Beas, HP and another
on conservation and management of Khecheopalri lake, have also been included for the benefit of readers.
Besides, Indian power sector has completed almost one and half century. During this period, many structural changes
have been practised which along with liberalisation provided directional and progressive approach to the industry.
Globally, Indian power system is the third largest in terms of generation capacity. Transmission and distribution
systems have been strengthened enough to cater the load pattern. India is almost meeting its electricity demand,
as well as exporting surplus power to the bordering nations. This standing is not attained in one day, rather, it has
been the gradual development. Various legislations, policies and regulations notified time to time have been key
to this growth. These documents often advocate sectoral efficiencies to achieve financial and commercial viability
leading into economic growth of the nation. The rapid nature of power sector provides an opportunity to consolidate
holistic view of the sector. To provide more information on this vital subject, we have included an article titled ,
‘indian Power Sector : Ligilations, Ploiciies & Rgulation’ by CERC, which provides an insightful discussion on the
trends of power sector inter alia including upcoming products envisaged for transforming the sector.
The wind energy sector in India which got destabilized due to COVID pandemic is undergoing a transition, and
slowly regaining the growth. To update the readers on the subject we have included an article on ‘Wind Energy
Policies in India and the Way ahead’ in this issue.
A research study on ‘Measuring the Impact of Electrification on Socio-Economic Development of Rural Odisha’
which elobrate the effect of rural electrification on the Socio-Economic development of Rural Odisha particularly in
Ganjam district has also been included. The study clearly brings out the improvement in socioeconomic conditions
and better livelihood for the two-sample block of Ganjam district after the inception of rural electrification.
The journal also covers a variety of useful information about Water Resources, Power, RE & allied sectors. It is
expected that the readers will find this issue of the journal quite informative & useful. We take this opportunity to
request all the professionals’ in these sectors to contribute technical papers/articles news etc. which would be of
interest for publishing in the subsequent issues of the journal.
We also request the comments /suggestions of the readers so as to improve the utility of the journal.

A.K. Dinkar
Secretary, CBIP

WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 5

w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Estimation of Peak Flood Discharge for Ungauged

Catchments of River Beas, Himachal Pradesh
using Rational Formula and GIS Based Synthetic
Estimation
Estimation
of Peak
PradeshPradesh
Using Rational
Using
Pradesh Unit
Estimation
ofFlood
Estimation
PeakDischarge
Pradesh
Flood
Rational
Formula
Using
UsingHydrograph
of Peak
ofDischarge
Peak
Flood
forFlood
Formula
Rational
and
Ungauged
Rational
GIS
Discharge
and
forDischarge
Formula
Based
Ungauged
Formula
GISSynthetic
Based
andand
GIS Approach
Catchments
forfor
Ungauged
Catchments
Ungauged
of River
Synthetic
GIS
Based
Unit
Based
Catchments
Catchments
ofBeas,
RiverHimachal
Hydrograph
Synthetic
Unit
Synthetic
Beas,
of River
Hydrograph
Unit
of Himachal
Approach
Unit
River
Beas,
Hydrograph
Beas,
Hydrograph
Himachal
Himachal
ApproachApproach
Approach

Archana S.Shinde
ArchanaArchana
S. Shinde 1* 1
S.Archana
Shinde
Archana1* N. Vivekanandan
N. N. 1*
S. Vivekanandan
Shinde
S. Shinde 1* 2
Vivekanandan 2
N. Vivekanandan
N. Vivekanandan C.2 2 3
C.2 Srishailam
C. Srishailam
Srishailam
C. 3
Srishailam
C. Srishailam G. PatilR.
R. G.3 Patil
33 4
R. 4 R. G. Patil
G.
R. Patil 4 4 4
G. Patil
1 1 1 1
AssistantAssistant
Research Research
Assistant
Officer,
Assistant
Officer,
Research
Central
Research
Central
Water
Officer,
Officer,
and
Water
Central
Power
Central
andWater
Research
Power
Water
and
Research
and
Station,
Power
PowerStation,
Research
Pune,
Research
Maharashtra
Pune,
Station,
Station,
Maharashtra
Pune,
Pune,
Maharashtra
Maharashtra
Abstract 2Scientist-B, 2 2 2
Scientist-B,
CentralScientist-B,
Central
Water
Scientist-B,
and
Water
Central
Power
Central
andWater
Research
Power
Water
andResearch
and
Station,
Power
Power
Station,
Research
Pune,
Research
Maharashtra
Pune,
Station,
Station,
Maharashtra
Pune,Pune,Maharashtra
Maharashtra
3 3 3 3
Estimation of PeakScientist-C,
FloodScientist-C,
Central
Scientist-C,
Discharge Central
Water
Scientist-C,
(PFD)andWater
forCentral
Power
a Central
andWater
given Research
Power
Water
return andResearch
and
Station,
Power
period Power
Station,
Research
Pune,
Research
Maharashtra
is considered Pune,
Station,
as Station,
Maharashtra
one Pune,
of thePune,
Maharashtra
mostMaharashtra
important parameter
4 4 4 4
for planning and Scientist-E,
design Scientist-E,
of CentralScientist-E,
hydraulicCentral
Water
Scientist-E,
and
Water
Central
Power
structures, Central
andWater
river Research
Power
Water
andResearch
protection and
Station,
Power
Power
works, Station,
Research
Pune,
Research
and Maharashtra
Pune,
Station,
Station,
developmentMaharashtra
Pune,
ofPune,Maharashtra
Maharashtra
integrated water resources
* * * *
management projects. This Corresponding
canCorresponding
author’s
be achievedCorresponding
Corresponding
byauthor’s
E-mail:E-mail:
adopting author’s
archanas226@gmail.com
author’s
various archanas226@gmail.com
E-mail:
E-mail:
methods archanas226@gmail.com
archanas226@gmail.com
viz., flood frequency analysis, rational formula,
envelope curves and Synthetic Unit Hydrograph (SUH) approach. Out of which, rational formula is used for estimation
of PFD for ungauged catchments with catchment Abstract
area Abstract
less than Abstract25Abstract
km2 while SUH approach is adopted for ungauged
Estimation
catchments Estimation
withofcatchment
Peak Estimation
ofFlood
Estimation
Peak Discharge
area Flood
ofmore
Peak
ofDischarge
Peak
(PFD)
Flood
than Flood
25 Discharge
for
(PFD)
km Discharge
2a given
for (PFD)
. This areturn
given
paper(PFD) for
period
return
for
a given
presents aisperiod
given
aconsidered
return
study return
is on
considered
period
period
as one is considered
estimation is
of
asconsidered
the
one
of PFD of as
the one
as one
using of the
of the
rational
mostand
formula important
most
SUHimportant
parameter
most
approach most
important
parameter
forimportant
for planning
ungaugedparameter
forparameter
planning
and design
catchmentsforandfor
planning
of
planning
design
of hydraulic
river and
ofand
Beas hydraulic
design
structures,
design
upto of
Aut hydraulic
structures,
ofgauge-discharge
hydraulic
river protection
structures,
river
structures,
protection
works,
river
site. river
protection
From works,
protection works,
the topography works,
and and development
catchmentand characteristics
development
and
of and
integrated
development
development
of
of integrated
thewater
studyof resources
integrated
of
water
area,integrated
it resources
management
waterwater
is determined resources
management
resources
projects.
that themanagement
management
projects.
studyThis areacanThis
projects.
beprojects.
consistsachieved
can of be
This
37achieved
Thisby
cancan
ungaugedbe bybe
achieved
achieved
catchments by by
adopting
wherein theadopting
various various
catchment adopting
methods
adopting
area methods
of viz.,
various
22 various
floodviz.,
methods
catchments frequency
methods
flood viz.,
are frequency
viz.,
less analysis,
floodflood
than frequency
analysis,
25rational
frequency
km2 and rational
analysis,
formula,
analysis,
the formula,
rational
envelope
remaining rational
envelope
15formula,
curves
formula,
catchments and
curves
envelope
envelope
areandcurves
more curves
thanand25
and
km2.Synthetic
In this Synthetic
Unitthe
paper, Hydrograph
Synthetic
UnitSynthetic
annual Hydrograph
Unit
1-day (SUH)
UnitHydrograph
maximum Hydrograph
(SUH)
approach. approach.
rainfall (SUH)
Out
(SUH)
(AMR) ofapproach.
Out
which,
approach.
series of iswhich,
rational
Out Out
extractedofrational
formula
of
which,
which,
from formula
therational
2
isdaily
rational
usedrainfall
2
isformula
forused
formula for
datais observed
2 2
used
is used forat
for
estimation
Manali estimation
rain-gaugeof PFD
siteestimation
of
for
estimation
forPFDungauged
the forof ungauged
period PFD
of1990
catchments
PFDforto for
ungauged
catchments
ungauged
2019 with andcatchment
catchments
with
catchments
used catchment
for area
withwith
rainfallless
catchment
area
than
catchment
less
estimation 25than
area
km
byarea while
25
less
adoptingkm
less SUH
than while
than25 25
ExtremekmSUHkmwhile
ValuewhileSUH SUH
Type-1
2 2 2 2
(EV1)approach approach
is adopted
distribution. The is
approach
adopted
for
approach
adequacyungauged
isfor
adopted
isungauged
of adopted
catchments
fitting for for
EV1 ungauged
catchments
ungauged
with catchment
distribution catchments
with
tocatchments
thecatchment
AMRarea
with more
withcatchment
seriesareacatchment
than
is more 25area
evaluatedthan
kmareamore
.25
This
by more
km than
using . than
paper 25 km
This 25 km
paper. This
Goodness-of-Fit . This
paperpaper
tests
viz.,presents presents
Chi-squarea study
and aKolmogorov-Smirnov.
on
presents
study
estimation
presents
ona estimation
study
a of
studyPFD
on onestimation
of
using
Theestimation
PFD
1-hourrational
using
ofdistributed
PFD
ofrational
formula
PFD using using
formula
and
rational
rainfallrational
SUHis and
formula
approach
computedSUH
formula and
approach
for
fromandSUHungauged
theSUH for
approach
24-hourapproach
ungauged for for
maximum ungauged
ungauged
rainfall
that catchments
catchments
is obtained of multiplying
by river
catchments
ofcatchments
Beas
rivertheupto
Beas
of Aut
river
ofupto
1-day river
gauge-discharge
Beas
Aut
maximum Beas upto
gauge-discharge
upto AutAut
rainfall site.
gauge-discharge
withgauge-discharge
Fromsite.In
1.15. the
From topography
site.
addition thesite.
From
totopography
From
above,and
thethe the
catchment
topography
and
topography
catchment
physiographic andand catchment
catchment
parameters
characteristics
are retrieved characteristics
of characteristics
from the the characteristics
study
Digitalof Elevation
thearea,
study
ofitModel
the
of
area,
is the
determined
study
itof
study
isNational
area,
determined
area,
that
it Remote
isitthe
determined
isthat
determined
studythearea
Sensing study
thatconsists
that
the
area
Centre the
study
consists
forof
study
37
areaungauged
estimationarea
ofconsists
37 consists
of ungauged
of 37
PFD. of
The 37
ungauged
ungauged
estimated
catchments
25-year, catchments
50-year wherein catchments
wherein
the
and 100-yearcatchments
catchment
the
wherein
return catchment
wherein
areatheof
period the
catchment
PFDs22
area catchment
catchments
of 22area
given catchments
by area
SUHof
are22 of
less
catchments
22are
than
approachcatchments
less
25
are than
km are2 25
used and
are
less km
for the
less 2
than and
remaining
25the
than
derivation km
25 of 2 2
remaining
kmand and
floodthe the
remaining
remaining
hydrograph of
2 2 2 2
15 catchments
the respective15 catchment.
catchments
are15more15
catchments
are
Thecatchments
than
more 25than
paper are
kmaremore
.25
presents Inmore
km than
this
the . than
In25this
paper, 25
kmthe
methodology km
paper,
. Inannual
. this
In
thethis
paper,
adopted1-day
annual
paper,
in the
maximum
1-day
the
annual
rainfall annual
maximum
data rainfall
1-day 1-day
analysis maximum
rainfall
(AMR)
maximum
using(AMR) rainfall
EV1, rainfall
(AMR)
estimation (AMR)of
PFDseries
usingisrational
series
extracted
isformula
extracted
series
from
series
isthefrom
and extracted
isSUH
daily
extracted
the rainfall
daily
from
approach, from
rainfall
the
data
andthe
daily
observed
daily
thedata
rainfall
observed
rainfall
results at Manali
datadata
obtainedat
observed
Manali
rain-gauge
observed
thereon. at
rain-gauge
Manali
atsite
Manali
forrain-gauge
site
therain-gauge
period
for thesite period
site
for for
the the
period
period
1990 to19902019toand 2019
19901990
used and
to forto
2019
used
2019
rainfall
and
forandused
rainfall
estimation
used
forestimation
for
rainfall
byrainfall
adopting
estimation
byestimation
adopting
Extremeby by adopting
Extreme
Value
adopting Type-1
Value
Extreme
Extreme
Type-1
(EV1)
Value
Value
(EV1)
Type-1
Type-1 (EV1)(EV1)
distribution.
distribution.
The distribution.
adequacy
The
distribution.
adequacy
of The
fitting
The
adequacy
of EV1
fitting
adequacy
distribution
EV1
of fitting
ofdistribution
fitting
EV1
to the
EV1 distribution
AMR
todistribution
theseries
AMR to isthe
to
series
evaluated
the
AMR is
AMRevaluated
series
byseries
using
is evaluated
by
is evaluated
using by by usingusing
Introduction
Goodness-of-Fit
Goodness-of-Fit
tests
Goodness-of-Fit
Goodness-of-Fit
viz.,
testsChi-square fortests
viz., tests taking
Chi-square
and
viz.,
viz., emergency
Kolmogorov-Smirnov.
Chi-square
and
Chi-square measures
Kolmogorov-Smirnov.
andandKolmogorov-Smirnov. that
Kolmogorov-Smirnov.
The 1-hour of the
The distributed
1-hour The river basins
distributed
The1-hour
rainfall
1-hour are either
distributed
rainfall
distributed rainfallsparsely
rainfall
is of
Estimation computed
is computed
peak from
flood is the
computed
isfrom
discharge computed
24-hour
the from
(PFD) consists
24-hour
maximum
from the the of
maximum
24-hour maintenance
rainfall
24-hour maximum
rainfall
that
maximum ofrainfall
is that flood
obtained levees,
rainfall
is obtained
by
thatthat isgauged
multiplying
is by obtained
obtained or
byungauged
multiplying
the 1-day
by
multiplying
the at allthe
multiplying
1-day where
the
1-day the lack
1-day
maximum maximum
rainfall maximum
rainfall
with
maximum
for a given return period is a necessary 1.15.
withrainfall
In evacuating
rainfall
1.15.
addition
with
In with
addition
1.15.
to the
1.15.
above,
In to people
addition
In the
above,
addition to safe
physiographic
to
the above,
to localities
physiographic
above, the
parameters
the of
physiographichydrological
physiographic
parameters
are and
retrieved
parameters
are catchment
parameters
retrieved
are are information
retrieved
retrieved
task in from
manythe from
Digital
civil the Elevation
Digital
from
engineering fromthe
Elevation
the
Digital
Model
projects Digital
of etc.
Elevation
Model This
National
Elevation can
of National
Model
Remotebe
Model achieved
ofRemote
Sensing
National
of National byRemote
Sensing
Centre
Remoteadopting
for
Centre
Sensing formakes
estimation
Sensing Centre
estimation
Centreforobstruction
of PFD. for
estimation
ofThe
estimation
PFD. The offor
PFD.
of PFD. watershed
TheThe
estimatedestimated
25-year, estimated
25-year,
50-year
estimated
such as design of flood relief, construction 50-year
and
25-year, various
25-year,
100-year
and50-year methods
100-year
50-year
return
and period
and
return viz.,
100-year
100-year
PFDsempirical
periodreturn
given
return
PFDs equation,
period
bygiven
period
SUHPFDs
by
PFDs
approach
SUH planning.
given given
approach
byare SUH
by For
used
SUH gauged
are
approach
forapproach
used catchments,
for
are are
used used flood
for for
derivation
derivation
of flood derivation
of bridges and culverts, design ofofhydrograph
derivation
flood hydrograph
of flood
of rational
flood
the hydrographformula,
respective
of
hydrograph
the respective envelope
catchment.
of the
of the
respective
catchment. curves,
respective
The paper flood
catchment.
Thecatchment.
presents
paper The frequency
presents
the
The
paper analysis
methodology
paper
the
presents is
methodology
presentsthe extensively
the
methodology
methodology adopted
hydraulicadopted adopted
in rainfall
structures viz., inadopted
rainfall
dams,data
adopted
analysis
in
weirs datarainfall
and frequency
in analysis
rainfall
using dataEV1,
data
using
analysisanalysis
analysis
estimation
EV1, using and
estimation
using
of
EV1,PFD
EV1,Synthetic
estimation
of
using
estimation Unit
PFDrational
using
of PFD for
ofrational
formula
PFD estimation
usingusing
formula
and
rationalofand
rational
SUH PFD thatand
formula
SUH
formula involves
and
SUH fitting
SUH
approach,approach,
and the approach,
and
results
approach,
barrages. Flood estimates are required the obtained
results
and and
the Hydrograph
obtained
thereon.
the
results
results
thereon.
obtained (SUH)
obtained thereon.approach
thereon. (Synder, probability distribution to the annual
for the river bank protection schemes 1938; Raghunath, 1985; Gopinath and maximum series (AMS) of discharge
for safe passage of flood water and also Radhakrishnan, 2011). In India, most data whereas envelop curves are used

1. Assistant Research Officer, Central Water and Power Research Station, Pune, Maharashtra
2. Scientist B, Central Water and Power Research Station, Pune, Maharashtra
3. Scientist C, Central Water and Power Research Station, Pune, Maharashtra
4. Scientist E, Central Water and Power Research Station, Pune, Maharashtra

6 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 247

 1.96(SE)
Extremeand UCL=ER+1.96(SE)
Rainfall wherein
(ER) for different retu
w&e internatioNal (Water resources
as a reduced variate forsection)
a given return
Goodness-of-Fit Tests
The lower and upper confidence limits
The adequacy of fitting EV1 distribution
when the catchment characteristics are CWC (Central Water Commission) 1.96(SE) and
descriptions UCL=ER+1.96(SE)
statistic (Zhang, where
evaluatedofby GoF tests Goodness-of-Fit
using (GoF
available. For ungauged catchments, approach, Snyder method, SCS (Soil 2002) are given as below:
(KS). Theoretical descriptions of GoF tes
empirical equation and rational formula Conservation Service) method, Gamma χ2  Goodness-of-Fit
test Tests
2 statistics is defined by: by:
is used for estimation of PFD for the distribution and Hybrid model. They testadequacy
The statistics is
of defined
fitting EV1 distributio
catchments with catchment area less than also found that Hybrid model satisfies  
NC O j ( x )  E j ( x )
2
 evaluated
2
 by using Goodness-of-Fit (Go
25 km2 whereas SUH approach is applied the Unit Hydrograph criterion whereas j1 E j (x) … (2)
(KS). Theoretical descriptions of GoF te
for the catchments with the catchment traditional methods of Snyder, SCS, where,
where, O (x) is the
Oj(x) is the observed frequency
j observed frequency v
area more than 25 km2 (Mohammed and CWC-SUH and CWC dimensionless 2 test statistics this defined by:
value
value of x offor x for j E2j(x)
j class,
th class and
is the NC is the nu
expected
Azhar, 2017). methods require manual adjustments NC O j ( x )  E j ( x ) 
2
of the characteristics points and have a
rejection
frequency
 2   value
j1
regionof x for
E (x)
of
jth  statistic
class and NCat is the des
Non-availability of hydrological data for the number of frequency
j
classes (Charles
ungauged catchment is a major concern significant degree of subjectivity and trial Here, m Odenotes
Annis, 2009). jThe is
where, (x) the number
rejection observed offrequency
region of χparamete
2
and error. Andrea et al. (2020) carried out 2 th
for estimation of PFD wherein the 24-hour value at of
statistic
statistic thexby for
desiredEV1.j significance
class and NC level is the n
maximum rainfall is considered as one of the study on comparison of design peak (η)KS
is given by χ > χ 2 . Here, m
test statistic
rejection regionis of  statistic
defined by: at the de
2 2
C 1–η,NC–m–1
the important factor. This can be achieved flow estimation methods for ungauged denotes the number of parameters of the
N

through Extreme Value Analysis (EVA) basins in Iran. This paper presents the Here,
KS  Maxm
distribution
i 1
Fedenotes
and( xχ(2iC))is
F c (the
the (i))number
xcomputed of paramet
value
procedures adopted in EVA of rainfall 2 2
that involves fitting probability distribution
using EV1 distribution, estimation of
of where,statistic
χC statistic byby EV1. EV1. is the empirical C
F (x(i))=i/(N+1)
e
to the AMS of 24-hour or 1-day rainfall that KSobserved
test
KSthe test statistic
statistics isdataisfor
defineddefined
th by:
is derived from the observed rainfall data. PFD using rational formula and GIS iby:sample and N is t
Max Fe ( x (If i))the
 Fc (computed values of G
N
If hourly rainfall data is not available then (Geographic Information System) based Test
KS criteria: x (i)) ...(3)
the 24-hour maximum rainfall is obtained SUH approach, and derivation of flood theoretical
i 1
values at the desired level of
where,
where, Fe(x(i))=i/(N+1)
Fe(x(i))=i/(N+1) is the empirical
by multiplying the 1-day maximum rainfall hydrograph with illustrative example and acceptable for EVAisatthe that empirical
level.
with 1.15 and the derived rainfall value is the results obtained thereon. CDFthe observed
of x(i), Fc(x(i))data
is thefor ith sample
computed CDFand N is
of x(i), x(i) is the observed
Test criteria: If the computed values data for ith of
used for estimation of PFD. During the Methodology Approaches for
sample and N isvalues
theoretical the Estimation
number of PFD
at theof desired
sample level o
past, number of studies on estimation of
Extreme Value Type-1 For the present study, rational formula an
values.
PFD for ungauged catchments has been acceptable for EVA at that level.
carried out by different researchers. Roy Distribution PFD
Test though
criteria: many
If the computedapproaches
values of available
and Mistri (2013) used three important Out of a number of probability distributions, GoFThe procedures
tests statistic given adopted
by EV1 in are
rational
less formu
Approaches for Estimation of PFD
than that of the theoretical values at the
geomorphic based hydrological the Extreme Value Type-1, commonly,
For thelevelpresent study, rational formula a
approaches viz., manning’s equation, known as Gumbel, is widely applied Rational
desired Formula
of significance then the
PFD though
distribution manytoapproaches availabl
kinematic wave parameter and SCS for EVA of rainfall and hence used. The Rationalisformula
considered be acceptable
(Gericke and Du Plessis
curve number for computing the peak Cumulative Distribution Function (CDF) Theatprocedures
for EVA that level. adopted in rational form
catchments with catchment area less than
discharge during the flood season based of the Gumbel distribution is given as Approaches for Estimation of
on daily rainfall data. Ramirez (2000) below. Rational Formula
PFD
carried out the study on estimation of
For Rational formula
study, (Gericke and Du Pless
–(x-a)/a
F(x) = e–e , x > 0, β > 0 … (1) the present rational formula
PFD by SUH for 20 watersheds located
in the Appalachian Highlands. Jena Where, F(x) is the CDF of x, α is the andcatchments
GIS based SUHwithapproach
catchment area less than
is applied
et al. (2005) adopted the SUH for the location parameter and β is scale for estimation of PFD though many
estimation of PFD for water resources parameter (Gumbel, 1985). The approaches available (Bhatt and Tiwari,
project in Baitarani basin, Odisha. parameters are determined by maximum 2010; Dawod and Koshak, 2011). The
Natakusumah et al. (2011) carried out a likelihood method and used to estimate the procedures adopted in rational formula
study on derivation of flood hydrograph of Extreme Rainfall (ER) for different return and SUH approach are given as below.
Cibatarua river basin using SUH. periods from x(T) = α+ Y(T)β wherein Rational Formula
Y(T) is called as a reduced variate for a
Priyanka Kumari and Goel (2015) adopted Rational formula (Gericke and Du Plessis,
given return period T and expressed as
the SUH approach for flood estimation for 2012) is adopted for estimation of PFD
Y(T) = – In(–In(1–(1/T))). The lower and
rivers of Saurashtra Region contributing for ungauged catchments with catchment
upper confidence limits of the estimated
into Gulf of Khambhat. Kim and Mun-Ju area less than 25 km2, which is given as
ER can be obtained by using LCL=ER-
Shin (2018) estimated the relationship below:
1.96(SE) and UCL=ER+1.96(SE) wherein
between the runoff coefficient, intensity q = (0.278)CiA ...(4)
SE is the standard error on the estimated
of rainfall, and curve number, and then
rainfall. where, q is the PFD (m /s), C is runoff
3
utilized the relationship to calculate the
peak flow using the rational formula for Goodness-of-Fit Tests coefficient, ‘i’ is the rainfall intensity (mm/
ungauged catchments. Reddy et al. hour) and A is the catchment area (km2).
The adequacy of fitting EV1 distribution to
(2019) carried out the study on flood the annual 1-day maximum rainfall (AMR) SUH Approach
estimation at ungauged catchments of series is evaluated by using Goodness-of- A systematic and sustained collection of
western catchments of Karnataka by Fit (GoF) tests viz., Chi-Square (χ2) and hydrometeorological data for selected
adopting five different methods viz., Kolmogorov-Smirnov (KS). Theoretical catchments in different climatic zones is

A - 247 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 7

hment area (km ).
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
proach
matic and sustained collection of hydrometeorological data for selected catchments in
t climatic zones is required for estimation of PFD. Based on the data collected, the
required for estimation of PFD. Based parameters were determined from the North-South direction from Palchan to
raphic parameters viz., catchment
on the data collected, area, length
the physiographic of the
empirical longest(Table
equations stream,
1) to length of the
derive the Autlongest
and move towards the Southwest
closer to the centre of gravity to the point of study and equivalent
parameters viz., catchment area, length 1-hour SUH based on CWC (1994) Flood upto stream slope are Dam and further flows into
Pandoh
ed by delineating the stream,
of the longest catchmentslengthofofthe
thestudy area using
estimation ArcGIS
report for Westernsoftware.
Himalayas-ByPunjab
using state
the and confluence with river
raphic characteristics, the SUH
longest stream closer to parameters
the centre wereZone 7. determined from the
In the process, the ordinates
empirical Sutlej.
equations
The study area is located between
of gravity
1) to derive to the SUH
the 1-hour point based
of studyonandCWC of (1994)
the unit Flood
hydrograph are adjusted
estimation reportin fortheWestern
longitudes 77º 18′ E to 77º 22′ E and
equivalent stream slope are computed by such a way that the total volume of direct latitudes 31º 72′ N to 32º 31′ N. Figure 1
yas-Zone 7. In the process, the ordinates of the unit hydrograph are adjusted in such a
delineating the catchments of the study runoff is adjusted to 1 cm depth over the shows the index map of the study area
t the total volume of direct runoff is adjusted to 1 cm depth over the catchmentof(Sathe
area using ArcGIS software. By using the catchment (Sathe et al., 2012).
et
river Beas from Palchan to Aut gauge-
2). physiographic characteristics, the SUH discharge (GD) site excluding river
Parvathi wherein noticed that 37 small
TableTable 1 : Empirical
1. Empirical equationsused
equations used in
indetermination
determinationof SUH parameters
of SUH parameters tributaries are contributing flow to Beas.
-0.178-0.178
qqpp ==1.048(t p)
1.048(t p ) Results and Discussions
2.498(LLc/S)0.156
ttp ==2.498(LL /S) 0.156
c
p
0.099
EVA of Rainfall
WW50 ==1.954(LL
1.954(LL c/S) /S)
0.099
50 c
For EVA of rainfall, the daily rainfall data
WW75 ==0.972(LL c
0.972(LLc/S)/S)0.124 0.124
75 observed at Manali site for the period
WR50 = =
WR 0.189(W
0.189(W 50)
1.769 1.769
1990 to 2019 was used. The Annual 1-day
50 50)
Maximum Rainfall (AMR) data series was
WR = 0.419(W
WR75= 0.419(W75)
75 75 )1.246 1.246
derived from the daily rainfall data and
TB = 7.845(tp)0.453 0.453 applied in EVA. Figure 2 presents the
T B = 7.845(tp)
Qp = qp * A time series plot with descriptive statistics
Qp = qp * A of the AMR of Manali site.
Tm = tp+0.5
T m = tp+0.5 Parameters of SUH (CWC, 1994) By applying the procedures of EV1
where, distribution, as described above, the
2
Application
Application parameters of the distribution were
=
A Catchment
= Catchment areaarea(km(km2)) Study Area and Data Used determined by MLM and also used for
= Length of longest main mainstream Study Area and Data Used
L = Length of longest In along theariver
this paper, study course (km)of PFD forestimation
on estimation ungauged catchments
of ER. Table of river
2 Beas
gives and theits
= Length of longest
stream along the stream from
river course centre
In
tributaries ofusing
this paper,
by gravity (km)
a rational
study on estimation
formula and SUH of approach was carriedwith
ER estimates out. The river Beas limits
confidence rises at
= Equivalent
(km) stream slope (m/km) anPFD for ungauged
elevation of 4361 m catchments
above sea level of at
river
Rohtang Pass in the for
(ER+1.96SE) western Himalayas
different return in Central
periods
=
Lc Time to peak
= Length of or the basin
longest stream Beas
Himachal
lag (hour) and its tributaries
Pradesh. The by
river using
flows in rational
North-Southat 95% level for Manali site whereas move
direction from Palchan to Aut and the
formula
towards the and SUH
Southwest approach
upto Pandoh was
Dam carried
and further
EVA flows into
plots arePunjab state and
presented confluence
in Figure 3. The with
= Unit from
rainfall
centreduration adopted in a specific study (hour)
of gravity (km)
out.Sutlej.
river The river
The 2Beasarea
study rises
is at an elevation
located between the longitudes 77º 18 E to 77º 22 E and latitudes
=
S Peak
= Equivalent 3
flood (mstream /s) ofslope
UH (m/per unitof72area m
4361 (kmabove) sea level at Rohtang 24-hour maximum rainfall is obtained by
31º N to 32º 31 N. Figure 1 shows the index map of the
multiplying thestudy
1-dayareamaximum
of river Beas from
rainfall
= Widthkm)of the UH at 50% of Q (hour)
p Pass in
Palchan to the
Aut western Himalayas
gauge-discharge (GD)insite
Central
excluding river Parvathi wherein noticed
with 1.15 and also given in Table 2. that 37 small
=
tp Width
= Timeof tothe UH
peak at 75%
or the of Qtributaries
basin lag (hour)are Pradesh.
p Himachal contributingThe flowriver flows in
to Beas.
= (hour)
Width of the rising limb of the UH at 50% of Qp (hour)
tr
= Width ofrainfall
= Unit duration
the rising adopted
limb of the UH at 75% of Qp (hour)
in a specific study (hour)
= Time base of the UH (hour)
qp
= = Peak
Time from flood
the(mstart
3
/s) of
ofUH perto peak of unit hydrograph (hour)
rise
unit area (km2)
= Peak flood of UH (m3/s)
W50 = Width of the UH at 50% of Qp
(hour)
W75 = Width of the UH at 75% of Qp
(hour)
WR50 = Width of the rising limb of the
UH at 50% of Qp (hour)
WR75 = Width of the rising limb of the
UH at 75% of Qp (hour)
TB = Time base of the UH (hour)
Tm = Time from the start of rise
to peak of unit hydrograph
(hour)
Figure 1: Index
Fig.map of the map
1 : Index studyofarea
theof riverarea
study Beasoffrom
riverPalchan to Aut
Beas from gauge-discharge
Palchan to site
Qp = Peak flood of UH (m3/s)
Aut gauge-discharge site
RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
EVA of Rainfall
8 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 247
For EVA of rainfall, the daily rainfall data observed at Manali site for the period 1990 to 2019
was used. The Annual 1-day Maximum Rainfall (AMR) data series was derived from the daily
rainfall data and applied in EVA. Figure 2 presents the time series plot with descriptive statistics
 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

160
Descriptive statistics of 1-day maximum rainfall
Analysis of Results Based on
Average
Standard deviation
: 73.5 mm
: 29.4 mm GoF Tests
140 Coefficient of variation : 40.0 %
Coefficient of Skewness
Coefficient of Kurtosis
: 0.850
: 0.783 By applying the GoF tests procedures,
120
Maximum
Minimum
: 156.2 mm
: 30.2 mm as described above, the χ2 and KS tests
statistics values for the data under study
were computed as 4.400 and 0.089
1-day maximum rainfall (mm)

100

respectively. In the present study, the

80
number of frequency class and degrees
of freedom was considered as 6 and 3
60
respectively while computing the χ2 test
statistic value. From GoF tests results, it
40
is noted that the computed values of GoF
20
tests statistic are less than its theoretical
value (viz., 7.815 for χ20.05,3 and 0.242 for
0 KS) at 5% significance level, and at this
1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009 2011 2013 2015 2017 2019 2021
level, both χ2 and KS tests are considered
Year
to be adequate for EVA of rainfall.
Figure
Fig. 2.
2 :Annual
Annual 1-day maximumrainfall
1-day maximum rainfallofof Manali
Manali for for
the the period
period 1990
1990 to 2019
to 2019
Estimation of PFD for Ungauged
Table 2 : Estimated 1-day and 24-hour maximum rainfall using EV1 distribution
Catchments
Return 1-day Confidence limits of the estimated 24-hour
Table 2. Estimated 1-day and 24-hour maximum rainfall using EV1 distribution
period maximum rainfall (mm) at 95% level maximum
Estimation of PFD by Rational
Return 1-day Confidence limits of the estimated 24-hour Formula
(year) maximum
period rainfall (mm)
rainfall Lower Upper
rainfall (mm) at 95% level rainfall
maximum(mm)
(year)
2 (mm)
68.6 Lower
58.9 Upper
78.2 rainfall (mm)
78.9 In this paper, the study reach of river
2 68.6 58.9 78.2 78.9 Beas starts from Palchan to Aut GD
5 94.6 79.8 109.4 108.8 site excluding Parvathi tributary was
5 94.6 79.8 109.4 108.8
10
10 111.8
111.8 92.8
92.8 130.8
130.8 128.6
128.6 considered for estimation of PFD. From
20 128.4
128.4 105.1
105.1 151.6
151.6 147.6
147.6 the analysis of catchment characteristics,
25
25 133.6
133.6 109.0
109.0 158.2
158.2 153.6
153.6 the design storm duration is considered
50 149.7 120.9 178.6 172.2 as 1-hour for 22 catchments. Based on
50
75 149.7
159.1 120.9
127.7 178.6
190.5 172.2
183.0 the procedure, as given in CWC Report
75
100 159.1
165.8 127.7
132.6 190.5
199.0 183.0
190.7 (1994) titled ‘Flood Estimation report for
200
100 181.7
165.8 144.2
132.6 219.3
199.0 209.0
190.7 Western Himalayas-Zone 7’, the 1-hour
500 202.8 159.5 246.1 233.2 distributed rainfall for Manali for various
200 181.7 144.2 219.3 209.0
1000 218.7 171.1 266.4 251.5 return periods was computed from the
500 202.8 159.5 246.1 233.2
estimated 24-hour maximum rainfall by
1000 218.7 171.1 266.4 251.5 using conversion factor as given in Figure
4 and are presented in Table 3. This
300
Upper Confidence Limit at 95% Level 1-hour distributed rainfall was used as
Observed
input for estimation of PEDs for various
EV1 Fit
250 Lower Confidence Limit at 95% Level tributaries of river Beas.
Table 3 : 24-hour maximum and 1-hour
200 distributed rainfall for Manali
1-day maximum rainfall (mm)

Extreme rainfall
150 Rainfall (mm)
series 25 50 100
100 year year year
24-hour 153.6 172.2 190.7
50
maximum
1-hour 65.28 73.19 81.05
distributed
0
1 10 100 1000
By considering topography and general
Return period (year)

Figure 3. Plots of estimated 1-day maximum rainfall with 95% confidence limits land use character of the catchments,
Fig. 3 : Plots of estimated 1-day maximum rainfall with 95% confidence the value of the C was considered as
using EV1 distribution and observed data
limits using EV1 distribution and observed data
Analysis of Results Based on GoF Tests
A - 247 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
By applying the GoF tests procedures, as described above, the 2 and KS tests statistics values July 2022 9
for the data under study were computed as 4.400 and 0.089 respectively. In the present study, the
number of frequency class and degrees of freedom was considered as 6 and 3 respectively while
2
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

0.60 for all ungauged catchments while 25 km2, the PFD at these catchments Also, from Table 4, it is noted that the
computing the PFD. As the catchment was estimated by rational formula and catchment area of free catchment is
area of tributaries of river Beas, as given the results are given in Table 4. 268.57 km2. By considering the said
in Sr. No. 1 to 22 of Table 4, are less than aspect of free catchment, PFD at free
catchment was also computed by rational
Table 4 : Estimated PFD (m3/s) for different return periods given by rational formula
formula and the results are given in Table
Sr. Name of the Catchment Peak flood discharge (m3/s) 4. From the PFD estimates, as given in
No. tributary area (Km2) 25-year 50-year 100-year Table 4, it is observed that the 25-year
(yr), 50-yr and 100-yr return period PFD
(A) Left Bank
at Khanoura Nallah is comparatively
1 Kothi Nallah 2.47 27.10 30.36 33.63 higher than those values of other Nallah
2 Khanoura Nallah 18.24 200.09 224.20 248.32 located in left bank of river Beas.
3 Balsari Nallah 4.90 53.75 60.23 66.71 Estimation of PFD by GIS Based
4 Prini Nallah 12.46 136.68 153.16 169.63 SUH Approach
5 Mujri Nallah 2.36 25.89 29.01 32.13
The 24-hour maximum rainfall of Manali
6 Jagat Sukh Nallah 2.23 24.46 27.41 30.36 site, as given in Table 3, was used for
7 Kanoi (Sajla) Nallah 15.26 167.40 187.57 207.75 estimation of PFD by SUH approach
8 Karjan Nallah 3.18 34.88 39.09 43.29 based on CWC (1994) Flood Estimation
Report for Western Himalayas-Zone 7.
9 Nashala Nallah 11.87 130.21 145.90 161.60
By using Survey of India Toposheets,
10 Mahili Nallah 6.38 69.99 78.42 86.86 DEM (Digital Elevation Model) of National
11 Raugi Nallah 10.81 118.58 132.88 147.17 Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC) and
12 Kais Nallah 16.34 179.25 200.85 222.45 Google earth of the region of the tributaries
of river Beas, the catchments of Solang
13 Barindi Nallah 2.39 26.22 29.38 32.54
Nallah, Beas river, Halind Nallah, Manalsu
14 Chashami Nallah 9.31 102.13 114.44 126.74 Nallah, Aleo Nallah, Karal Nallah, Haripur
15 Chore Nallah/ BLB01 12.61 138.33 155.00 171.67 Nallah, Chakki Nallah, Baragran Nallah,
(B) Right Bank Fojal Nallah, Shirar Nallah, Sarwari Khad,
Mohal Nallah, Bajaura Nallah and Hurla
16 Sarot Nallah/ BRB01 11.58 127.03 142.34 157.65
Nallah were delineated and used. The
17 Saroh Nallah 9.36 102.68 115.05 127.43 catchment characteristics of tributaries
18 Bandrol Nallah 14.10 154.68 173.32 191.96 of river Beas were extracted with the aid
19 Babele Nallah 4.61 50.57 56.67 62.76 of ArcGIS software and are presented
in Table 5. The physiographic and SUH
20 Shiri Khad 19.69 216.00 242.03 268.06
parameters of the tributaries were
21 Shadla Nallah 5.93 65.05 72.89 80.73 determined by using empirical equations
22 Free Catchment 268.57 2946.18 3301.23 3656.27 (Table 5) and also used for estimation
BLB01: Left Bank of river Beas; BRB01: Right Bank of river Beas of PFD. By using the SUH parameters,
the SUH of tributaries of river Beas were
derived and presented in Figure 5.

Derivation of Flood Hydrograph

By considering the procedures described
in CWC (1994) guidelines, the design
storm duration, base flow, loss rate and
areal rainfall involved in computation of
the ordinates of the flood hydrograph
of tributaries were computed and are
presented in Table 6. By using the
physiographic and SUH parameters,
the 25-yr, 50-yr and 100-yr return period
PFDs for tributaries of river Beas were
computed and presented in Table 7 while
the flood hydrographs of tributaries are
shown in Figure 6.
Figure 4. Conversion factor for computation of distributed rainfall for shorter duration
Fig. 4 : Conversion factor for computation of distributed rainfall for shorter duration
Estimation of PFD by GIS Based SUH Approach
10 WATER and ENERGY
The 24-hour maximumINTERNATIONAL July
rainfall of Manali site, 2022in Table 3, was used for estimation of
as given A - 247
PFD by SUH approach based on CWC (1994) Flood Estimation Report for Western Himalayas-
Zone 7. By using Survey of India Toposheets, DEM (Digital Elevation Model) of National
Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC) and Google earth of the region of the tributaries of river Beas,
 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Table 5 : Physiographic and SUH parameters of tributaries of river Beas

Solang Beas Halind Manalsu Aleo Karal Haripur Chakki Baragran Fojal Shirar Sarwari Mohal Bajaura Hurla
Parameters
Nallah river Nallah Nallah Nallah Nallah Nallah Nallah Nallah Nallah Nallah Khad Nallah Nallah Nallah
Physiographic parameters
Catchment
113.48 46.48 25.62 95.52 141.76 89.12 35.46 42.98 75.62 132.54 33.81 191.40 50.24 29.83 185.01
Area (km2)
Length (km) 16.29 13.78 9.36 24.99 24.17 21.03 16.27 21.03 17.36 25.81 13.04 28.63 11.01 8.91 31.13
Lc (km) 7.17 6.55 4.90 10.51 11.23 11.56 9.05 7.77 8.06 11.33 7.32 14.40 4.23 4.11 13.83
Slope (m/
102.04 152.44 195.05 118.65 130.31 165.97 176.80 113.31 142.96 101.05 130.27 61.49 86.07 94.66 78.70
km)
SUH parameters
qp (m /s)
3
0.89 0.90 0.93 0.87 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.88 0.89 0.87 0.90 0.85 0.91 0.91 0.85
tp (hour) 2.55 2.30 1.99 2.83 2.80 2.65 2.43 2.64 2.49 2.95 2.38 3.36 2.27 2.15 3.26
tr (hour) 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 4.00
W50 (hour) 1.98 1.86 1.69 2.11 2.10 2.03 1.92 2.03 1.95 2.17 1.89 2.36 1.84 1.78 2.31
W75 (hour) 0.99 0.91 0.81 1.07 1.06 1.02 0.95 1.02 0.97 1.11 0.94 1.23 0.90 0.86 1.20
WR50 (hour) 0.63 0.56 0.48 0.71 0.70 0.66 0.60 0.66 0.62 0.74 0.59 0.86 0.56 0.52 0.83
WR75 (hour) 0.41 0.37 0.32 0.46 0.45 0.43 0.39 0.43 0.40 0.48 0.39 0.54 0.37 0.35 0.53
TD (hour)
3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 4.00 3.00 3.00 4.00
(TD=1.1*tp)
TB (hour) 12.00 12.00 11.00 13.00 13.00 13.00 12.00 13.00 12.00 13.00 12.00 14.00 12.00 12.00 14.00
Qp (m3/s) 100.67 41.99 23.75 83.20 123.68 78.52 31.73 37.88 67.37 114.58 30.37 161.65 45.50 27.27 157.14
Q (m3/s) 315.47 129.21 71.22 265.55 394.09 247.75 98.58 119.48 210.22 368.46 93.99 532.09 139.67 82.93 514.33

Table 6 : Factors involved in computation of PFD using SUH and derivation of flood hydrograph

Parameters Areal rainfall (mm) for

Sr.
Name of the tributary Design storm Base flow Loss rate
No. 25-year 50-year 100-year
duration (hour) (m3/s) (mm)
1 Solang Nallah 3.00 5.67 0.20 84.70 95.00 105.20
2 Beas river 3.00 2.32 0.20 96.50 108.20 119.80
3 Halind Nallah 3.00 1.28 0.20 98.00 109.80 121.60
4 Manalsu Nallah 3.00 4.78 0.20 85.90 96.30 106.60
5 Aleo Nallah 3.00 7.09 0.20 82.90 92.90 102.80
6 Karal Nallah 3.00 4.46 0.20 86.30 96.70 107.10
7 Haripur Nallah 3.00 1.77 0.20 89.80 100.70 111.50
8 Chakki Nallah 3.00 2.15 0.20 89.30 100.10 110.90
9 Baragran Nallah 3.00 3.78 0.20 87.20 97.70 108.20
10 Fojal Nallah 4.00 6.63 0.20 91.60 102.70 113.70
11 Shirar Nallah 3.00 1.69 0.20 89.90 100.80 111.60
12 Sarwari Khad 4.00 9.57 0.20 87.90 98.40 109.00
13 Mohal Nallah 3.00 2.51 0.20 88.80 99.60 110.30
14 Bajaura Nallah 3.00 1.49 0.20 90.20 101.10 111.90
15 Hurla Nallah 4.00 9.25 0.20 88.30 98.90 109.50

A - 247 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 11

w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Table 7 : Estimated PFD (m3/s) estimates for different return periods given by SUH approach

Peak Flood Discharge (m3/s)

Sr. No. Name of the Tributary
25-year 50-year 100-year
1 Solang Nallah 716.65 807.15 897.65
2 Beas river 338.18 380.63 423.08
3 Halind Nallah 178.27 200.71 223.15
4 Manalsu Nallah 597.21 672.59 747.97
5 Aleo Nallah 860.38 969.25 1078.12
6 Karal Nallah 570.37 642.38 714.40
7 Haripur Nallah 238.20 268.21 298.21
8 Chakki Nallah 282.41 317.99 353.57
9 Baragran Nallah 491.67 553.68 615.70
10 Fojal Nallah 809.79 913.88 1016.39
11 Shirar Nallah 227.206 255.82 284.43
12 Sarwari Khad 1105.37 1245.70 1387.65
13 Mohal Nallah 337.64 380.19 422.74
14 Bajaura Nallah 203.54 229.14 254.75
15 Hurla Nallah 1080.20 1219.11 1357.16

125 50 25
Solang Nallah Beas river Halind Nallah

100 40 20

75 15
Discharge (m3 /s)

30
Discharge (m3 /s)

Discharge (m3/s)

50 20 10

25 10 5

0 0
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12

5(a) Time (hour) 5(b) Time (hour) 5(c) Time (hour)

100 140 90
Mhalsu Nallah Aleo Nallah Karal Nallah

120
75
80

100
60
60
Discharge (m3 /s)
Discharge (m3 /s)

80
Discharge (m3 /s)

45

60
40
30
40

20
15
20

0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

5(d) 5(e) 5(f) Time (hour)

Time (hour) Time (hour)

12 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 247

 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

35 40 75
Haripur Nallah Chakki Nallah Sanjoin Nallah

35
30
60
30
25

25
45
20

Discharge (m3 /s)

Discharge (m3 /s)

Discharge (m3 /s)

20

15
30
15

10
10
15
5
5

0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14

5(g) Time (hour) 5(h) Time (hour) 5(i) Time (hour)

125 35 175
Fojal Nallah Shirir Nallah Sarwari Nallah

30 150
100

25 125

75
20 100
Discharge (m3 /s)

Discharge (m3 /s)

Discharge (m3 /s)

15 75
50

10 50

25
5 25

0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

5(j) Time (hour) 5(k) Time (hour) 5(l) Time (hour)

50 30 175
Mohal Nallah Bajaura Nallah Hurla Nallah

150
25
40

125
20
30
100
Discharge (m3 /s)
Discharge (m3 /s)

Discharge (m3 /s)

15

75
20
10
50

10
5
25

0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

5(m) Time (hour) 5(n) Time (hour) 5(o) Time (hour)

Figure 5. SUH for the tributaries with catchment area more than 25 km2
Fig. 5 : SUH for the tributaries with catchment area more than 25 km2
Solang Nallah Beas River Halind Nallah
1000 450 250
25-yr Flood Hydrograph 25-yr Flood Hydrograph 25-yr Flood Hydrograph
50-yr Flood Hydrograph 50-yr Flood hydrograph 50-yr Flood Hydrograph
400 100-yr Flood Hydrograph 100-yr Flood Hydrograph
100-yr Flood Hydrograph

800 200
350

300
A - 247 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
150
July 2022 13
ischarge (m3 /s)

600
charge (m3 /s)

harge (m3 /s)

250

200
 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
w&e 5(m)
internatioNal (Water resources
5(n)
section) 5(o) Time (hour)
Time (hour) Time (hour)

Figure 5. SUH for the tributaries with catchment area more than 25 km2

Solang Nallah Beas River Halind Nallah

1000 450 250
25-yr Flood Hydrograph 25-yr Flood Hydrograph 25-yr Flood Hydrograph
50-yr Flood Hydrograph 50-yr Flood hydrograph 50-yr Flood Hydrograph
400 100-yr Flood Hydrograph 100-yr Flood Hydrograph
100-yr Flood Hydrograph

800 200
350

300
150
Discharge (m3 /s)

600

Discharge (m3 /s)

Discharge (m3 /s)

250

200
100
400
150

100 50
200

50

0
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
6(a) 6(b) 6(c) Time (hour)
Time (hour) Time (hour)

Mhalsu Nallah Aleo Nallah Keral Nallah

800 1200 800
25-yr Flood Hydrograph 25-yr Flood Hydrograph 25-yr Flood Hydrograph
50-yr Flood Hydrograph 50-yr Flood Hydrograph
50-yr Flood Hydrograph
700 100-yr Flood Hydrograph 700 100-yr Flood Hydrograph
100-yr Flood Hydrograph
1000

600 600

800
500 500
Discharge (m3 /s)

Discharge (m3/s)
Discharge (m3 /s)

400 600 400

300 300
400

200 200

200
100 100

0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
6(d) Time (hour) 6(e) Time (hour) 6(f) Time (hour)

Haripur Nallah Chakki Nallah Sanjoin Nallah

350 700
400 25-yr Flood Hydrograph
25-yr Flood Hydrograph 25-yr Flood Hydrograph
50-yr Flood Hydrograph 50-yr Flood hydrograph 50-yr Flood Hydrograph
100-yr Flood Hydrograph 100-yr Flood Hydrgraph
350 100-yr Flood Hydrograph 600
300

300
500
250

250
Discharge (m3 /s)
Discharge (m3 /s)

Discharge (m3 /s)

400
200
200
300
150
150

200
100 100

50 100
50

0 0
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
6(g) 6(h) Time (hour) 6(i) Time (hour)
Time (hour)

14 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 247

 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Fojal Nallah Shirir Nallah Sarwari Nallah

1200 300 1500
25-yr Flood Hydrograph 25-yr Flood Hydrograph 25-yr Flood Hydrograph
50-yr Flood Hydrograph 50-yr Flood Hydrograph 50-yr Flood Hydrograph
100-yr Flood Hydrograph 100-yr Flood Hydrograph 1350 100-yr Flood Hydrograph
1000 250
1200

1050
800 200

Discharge (m3 /s)

900
Discharge (m3 /s)

Discharge (m3 /s)

600 150 750

600
400
100
450

300
200
50
150

0 0
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
6(j) Time (hour) 6(k) Time (hour) 6(l) Time (hour)
Mohal Nallah Bajaura Nallah Hurla Nallah
500
300 1500
25-yr Flood Hydrograph 25-yr Flood Hydrograph
50-yr Flood Hydrograph 25-yr Flood Hydrograph
50-yr Flood Hydrograph
100-yr Flood Hydrograph 100-yr Flood hydrograph 1350 50-yr Flood Hydrograph
100-yr Flood Hydrograph
250
400 1200

1050
200
300 900
Discharge (m3/s)

Discharge (m3 /s)

Discharge (m3 /s)

150 750

200 600

100
450

100
300
50
150

0
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
6(m) Time (hour) 6(n) Time (hour) 6(o) Time (hour)

Figure 6. Flood
Figure hydrograph
6 : Flood for for
hydrograph different return
different periods
return periodsfor
fortributaries
tributariesof
of river
river Beas
Beas

Conclusions the results of the data analysis, the is comparatively higher than those
The paper presented a study on estimation conclusions drawn from the study were values of other Nallah located in left
of PFD for ungauged catchments of river summarized and presented as given bank of river Beas. The estimated
Beas, Himachal Pradesh using rational below. PFD at Shiri Nallah located in right
formula and GIS based SUH approach. • GoF tests results confirmed the bank of river Beas is found as
For this purpose, EVA of daily rainfall of applicability of EV1 distribution for maximum when compared with the
Manali site by adopting EV1 distribution EVA of rainfall of Manali. corresponding values of other Nallah
was carried out. The 24-hour maximum except free catchment.
• From the fitted curves of the estimated
rainfall was computed by multiplying rainfall, it was observed that about • By considering topography and
the estimated 1-day maximum rainfall 98% of the observed AMR data are general land use character of the
with 1.15 and used as an input to derive within 95% confidence limits of the catchments, the value of the runoff
the 1-hour distributed rainfall. By using estimated 1-day maximum rainfall by coefficient (C) was considered as
the distributed rainfall, physiographic using EV1. 0.60 for various Nallah in left and
and SUH parameters, the PFD of 15 right banks, and free catchment
• The computed 25-yr, 50-yr and 100- while computing the peak flood by
ungauged catchments of river Beas
yr return period 24-hour maximum using rational formula.
having catchment area more than 25 km2
rainfall at Manali site are 153.6
was estimated by using GIS based SUH • The estimated 25-yr, 50-yr and 100-yr
mm, 172.2 mm and 190.7 mm
approach. The 25-year (yr), 50-yr and return period PFD at Sarwari Nallah,
respectively.
100-yr return period PFD of 22 ungauged Hurla Nallah, Aleo Nallah and Fojal
catchments of river Beas with catchment • The 25-yr, 50-yr and 100-yr return Nallah by SUH approach are noted
area less than 25 km2 was estimated period PFD computed by using to be higher than the corresponding
by using rational formula. Based on rational formula at Khanoura Nallah values of Solang Nallah, Beas river,

A - 247 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 15

w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
Halind Nallah, Manalsu Nallah,
Karal Nallah, Haripur Nallah, Chakki
Nallah, Baragran Nallah, Shirar
Nallah, Mohal Nallah and Bajaura
Nallah.
The study suggested that the estimated
PFDs at various tributaries of Beas river
could be used for design of hydraulic
structures, river protection works
and development of integrated water
resources management projects.
Acknowledgments
The authors are grateful to Dr. R. S.
Kankara, Director, Central Water and
Power Research Station, Pune for
encouragement during the course of the
study and also according permission to
publish this paper. The author is thankful
to the Executive Engineer, Jal Shakti
Division, Kullu, Himachal Pradesh, and
India Meteorological Department, Pune,
for the data used in the study.
References
(1) Andrea, P., Shahla, A., Touraj,
S., and Bahram, S., Comparison
of Design Peak Flow Estimation
Methods for Ungauged Basins
in Iran, Hydrological Sciences
Journal, 2020, 65(1): 127-137,
https://doi.org/10.1080/02626667.
2019.1686506.
(2) Bhatt, V.K., and Tiwari A.K.,
Estimation of Peak Streamflows
through Channel Geometry,
Hydrological Sciences Journal,
2010, 53(2):401-408, https://doi.
org/10.1623/hysj.53.2.401.
(3) Charles Annis, P.E., Goodness-of-
Fit Tests for Statistical Distributions,
2009.
(4) CWC, Flood Estimation Report
for Western Himalayas-Zone 7,
Central Water Commission (CWC)
Report No. WH/22/1994, New
Delhi, 1994.
(5) Dawod, G., and Koshak,
N., Developing GIS-Based
Unit Hydrographs for Flood
Management in Makkah
Metropolitan Area, Saudi Arabia,
Journal of Geographic Information
System, 2011, 3(2): 160-165, DOI:
10.4236/jgis.2011.32012.
16 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
(6) Gericke, O.J., and Du Plessis,
J.A., Catchment Parameter
Analysis in Flood Hydrology Using
GIS Applications, Journal of the
South African Institution of Civil
Engineering, 2012, 54(2): 15-
26, https://hdl.handle.net/10520/
EJC126826.
(7) Gopinath, K., and Radhakrishnan
T., Flood Mitigation Study on a
GIS Platform for an Ungauged
Catchment: A Case Study, WIT
Transactions on Ecology and the
Environment-Water Resources
Management VI, 2011, 145: 151-
162, DOI: 10.2495/WRM110131.
(8) Gumbel, E.J., Statistic of Extremes,
Columbia University Press, New
York, 1985.
(9) Jena, J., Sahu, G.C., Prasad, C.V.,
Ray, G.P., and Das, A.K., Derivation
of an Equation for Estimation of
Design Flood for Water Resources
Project in Baitarani Basin (Odisha),
Proceedings of Annual Conference
of Institution of Engineers (India),
Bhubaneswar, Odisha, 2005,
Google Scholar.
((10) Kim, N.W., and Mun-Ju Shin,
Estimation of Peak Flow in
Ungauged Catchments Using
the Relationship between Runoff
Coefficient and Curve Number,
Water, 2018, 10(11): 1-22, https://
doi.org/10.3390/w10111669.
(11) Mohammed, S., and Azhar, H.,
Estimation of Design Flood at Kol
Dam Using Hydrometeorological
Approach, International journal
of Environmental Sciences
and Natural Resources, 2017,
4(1): 5-10, DOI: 10.19080/
IJESNR.2017.04.555627.
(12) Natakusumah, D.K., Hatmoko
W., and Harlan, D., A General
Procedure for Developing a
Synthetic Unit Hydrograph Based
on Mass Conservation Principle,
Development of ITB-1 and ITB-2
Synthetic Unit Hydrograph Method,
Proceedings of International
Seminar on Water-Related Risk,
15-17 July 2011, Google Scholar.
July 2022
(13) Priyanka Kumari and Goel, N.K.,
Flood Estimation for Rivers of
Saurashtra Region Contributing
into Gulf of Khambhat, International
Journal of Engineering Research
and Technology (Special Issue) -
Proceedings of Emerging Trends
in Water Quantity and Quality
Management-2014 Conference,
2015, 3(3): 1-5. DOI: 10.17577/
IJERTCONV 3IS03007.
(14) Raghunath, H.M., Hydrology, Wiley
Eastern Publications, New Delhi,
1985.
(15) Ramirez, J.A., Prediction and
Modelling of Flood Hydrology and
Hydraulic, Cambridge University
Press, London, UK, pp.1-34, 2000.
(16) Reddy, N.A., Jeya Kumar, S.,
Subba Rao, and Nagaraj, M.K.,
Flood Estimation at Ungauged
Catchments of Western
Catchments of Karnataka, West
Coast of India, ISH Journal of
Hydraulic Engineering, 2019, 25(3):
325-335, https://doi.org/10.1080/
09715010.2018.1426055.
(17) Roy, S., and Mistri, B., Estimation
of Peak Flood Discharge for an
Ungauged River: A Case Study
of the Kunur River, West Bengal,
Geography Journal, 2013, pp.
1-11, Article ID 214140, https://doi.
org/10.1155/2013/214140.
(18) Sathe, B.K., Khir, M.V., and
Sankhua, R.N., Rainfall Analysis
and Design Flood Estimation
for Upper Krishna River Basin
Catchment in India, International
Journal of Science and Engineering
Research, 2012, 3(8): 1074-1084,
Google Scholar.
(19) Snyder, F.F., Synthetic Unit
Graphs: Transactions, American
Geophysics Union, 1938, 19(1):
447-454, Google Scholar.
(20) Zhang, J., Powerful Goodness-of-
Fit Tests Based on the Likelihood
Ratio, Journal of Royal Statistical
Society: Series-B (Statistical
Methodology), 2002, 64(2): 281-
294, https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-
9868.00337.
A - 247
 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Role of Dams in Mitigating the Impacts

of Climate Change

D.K. Sharma1 Dr R. K. Gupta2

Abstract
India has distinct topological and geographical features which results in varying climatic zones ranging from the arid Thar
desert in north-western part, Humid areas in south-western region, central and north-eastern parts, Himalayan tundra in
the northern regions. Further, there are diverse micro-climatic areas that spread across the vast sub-continent. A dominant
and key feature of regional climate is ISM (Indian Summer Monsoons). The ISM also exhibits a rich variety of natural
variations on different timescales ranging across sub-seasonal/intra-seasonal, inter-annual, multi-decadal and centennial
timescales, which are evident from instrumental records and paleo-climate reconstructions. Results from studies simulating
the past climate using paleo-climate proxies indicate that the changes recently observed in global surface temperature
are unusual and the natural processes alone cannot explain the rapid rate of warming since the industrial era. The annual
mean near-surface air temperature over India has warmed by around 0.7 °C during 1901–2018 with the post-1950 trends
attributable largely to anthropogenic activities. Atmospheric moisture content over the Indian region has also risen during
this period. The mean temperature rise over India by the end of the twenty-first century is projected to be in the range
of 2.4–4.4 °C across greenhouse gas warming scenarios relative to the average temperature over 1976–2005. With the
resultant increase in temperature and atmospheric moisture, climate models project a considerable rise in the mean,
extremes and inter-annual variability of monsoon precipitation by the end of the century. With extremes and inter-annual
variability of monsoon precipitation, the role of dams becomes extremely important in mitigating the impacts of climate
change for water security, dam safety, flood mitigation etc. This requires formulation of new plans and strategies for
management and operation of existing as well as future water resources projects. In the present paper scenario of climate
change for Indian sub- continent, its impact on water security, hydropower, floods and dam safety has been discussed.

1. Introduction
Changes in multi-decadal surface
temperature could be due to natural
or anthropogenic factors, or they may
arise unforced from the climate system.
Distinguishing amongst these factors is
very important to estimate the sensitivity
to unforced variability and forced climatic
changes. A key factor to Earth’s global
mean climate is Earth’s Energy budget
which is the balance between energy that
it receives from Sun and the energy it
radiates back into space. This incoming
and outgoing radiative flux at the surface
of Earth modulates the composition of
atmosphere. The drivers to the present
day climate change are human-causes or
anthropogenic emissions of Greenhouse
Gases (GHGs), aerosols and changes in
LULC (Land Use and Land Cover). The
climate change is global, however the
changes are not expected to be uniform
across the planet. Yet, the knowledge
of expected changes on regional scale
is very important for people and the
policy makers for planning the disaster
management strategies, risk mitigation
strategies and formulation of localized
adaptation strategies. Regional climate
over India involves very complex
interactions of cryosphere-land-ocean-
atmosphere system on varied space and
time scales.
India has distinct topological and
geographical features which results
in varying climatic zones ranging from
the arid Thar desert in north-western
part, Humid areas in south-western
region, central and north-eastern parts,
Himalayan tundra in the northern regions.
Further, there are diverse micro-climatic
areas that spread across the vast sub-
continent. A dominant and key feature of
regional climate is ISM (Indian Summer
Monsoons). These are characterized
by pronounced seasonal migration of
tropical rain belts associated with ITCZ

1. Chairman, HSERC, Vice-President ICOLD & President INCOLD

2. Member (D&R), Central Water Commission, Government of India

A - 248 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 17

w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

(Inter-tropical Convergence Zone), along the effects of human-induced changes a range for temperature fluctuations over
with large-scale seasonal wind reversals such as emissions of Green House the Holocene (Marcott et al., 2013). Light
(Gadgil, 2003, Schneider et al. 2014). The Gases (GHGs) & aerosols, changes in green plume shows the AR5 prediction for
ISM also exhibits a rich variety of natural landuse and land cover are incorporated. average GMST over 2016–2035 (Kirtman
variations on different timescales ranging An evolution of global mean surface et al., 2013).
across subseasonal/intra-seasonal, temperature (GMST) over the period of
interannual (year-to-year), multi-decadal instrumental observationsis shown in 3. Warming over India and
and centennial timescales, which are Fig.1, in which Grey shaded line shows Indian Ocean
evident from instrumental records and monthly mean GMST in the HadCRUT4, The annual mean near-surface air
India has distinct
paleo-climate topologicalThe
reconstructions. andsub-geographical features which GISTEMP
NOAAGlobalTemp, results in varyingand temperature over India has warmed by
climatic zones ranging from the arid Thar desert in north-western part, Humid areas in
seasonal/intra-seasonal variability of the Cowtan-Way datasets, expressed as around 0.7°C during 1901–2018 with
south-western region, central and north-eastern parts, Himalayan tundra in the northern
ISM is dominated by active and break departures from 1850–1900, with varying the post-1950 trends attributable largely
regions. Further, there are diverse micro-climatic areas that spread across the vast sub-
monsoon
continent. Aspellsdominantand and the key interannual grey line climate
feature of regional thickness is indicating
ISM (Indianinter-dataset
Summer to anthropogenic activities. Atmospheric
variability
Monsoons).isThese associated with excess
are characterized or range.
by pronounced seasonal migration of tropical rain belts moisture content over the Indian region
deficient
associatedseasonal
with ITCZ monsoon rainfallConvergence
(Inter-tropical over All Zone), along with large-scale
observational datasets seasonal
shown has also risen during this period. The
India. The interannual
wind reversals and Schneider
(Gadgil, 2003, decadal time et al. 2014). The ISM also exhibits
represent GMST as a weighted a rich variety
averageof mean temperature rise over India by the
scale
natural variations
variations inonthedifferent
ISM rainfall are ranging
timescales across subseasonal/intra-seasonal,
of near surface air temperature over end of the twenty-first century is projected
interannual
known to (year-to-year),
have links with multi-decadal
the tropical and centennial
land andtimescales,
sea surface which are evident from
temperature over to be in the range of 2.4–4.4 °C across
instrumental
Pacific, records
Indian andandAtlantic
paleo-climateoceans, reconstructions. The sub-seasonal/intra-seasonal greenhouse gas warming scenarios
oceans. Human-induced (yellow) and
variability ofwith
particularly the ISM is dominated
climate drivers such by active
as and break monsoon spells and the interannual relative to the average temperature over
variability is associated with excess or deficient total
seasonal(human-
monsoonand rainfallnaturally-forced,
over India. The
the El Nino/Southern Oscillation (ENSO), orange) contributions to these 1976–2005. The Indian Ocean has also
interannual and decadal timescale variations in the
Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD), Equatorial changes are shown calculated ISM rainfall are known to haveGMST
links
following experienced significant warming in recent
with the tropical Pacific, Indian and Atlantic oceans, particularly with climate drivers such
Indian Ocean Oscillation (EQUINOO), Otto et al. (2015) and Haustein et al. decades in association with anthropogenic
as the El Nino/Southern Oscillation (ENSO), Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD), Equatorial Indian
Pacific Decadal Oscillation
Ocean Oscillation (EQUINOO), (PDO)Pacificetc.Decadal(2017).
Oscillation Fractional
(PDO) etc.uncertainty in the radiative forcing, as well as ocean–
level of human-induced warming in 2017 atmosphere coupled feedbacks arising
2. Observed Changes in
2 Observed changes in Global climate is set equal to ±20% based on multiple from long-term changes in monsoonal
Global Climate wind patterns. Sea surface temperature
lines of evidence. Thin blue lines show
Results fromstudies
Results from studiessimulating
simulating thethe past
past climate
theusing paleo-climate
modelled global proxies
mean indicate
surface that
air in the tropical Indian Ocean has risen by
climate
the changes using
recentlypaleo-climate
observed in global proxiessurface
temperature (dashed) and theblended
temperature are unusual and natural 1 °C on average over 1951–2015 and is
indicate that cannot
processes alone the changes
explain the recently
rapid rate ofsurface
warming airsince the industrial
and sea era. Climate
surface temperature projected to increase further during the
models have
observed in not beensurface
global able to replicate
temperature the observed
accounting for observational of
warming unless the effects human-
coverage twenty-first century.
induced
are changes
unusual andsuchtheasnatural
emissions of Green House Gases (GHGs) & aerosols, changes in
processes (solid) from the CMIP5 historical 4. Precipitation Changes
landuse cannot
alone and land explain
cover are the incorporated.
rapid rate An evolution of global mean surface temperature
ensemble average extended with RCP8.5
(GMST)
of over the
warming sinceperiod
the ofindustrial
instrumental era.observationsis shown in Fig.1, in which Grey over India
forcing (Cowtan et al., 2015; Richardson
Climate models have not been able to et al., 2018). The pinkNOAAGlobalTemp,
shaded line shows monthly mean GMST in the HadCRUT4,
With anticipated reductions in Northern
GISTEMP and Cowtan-Way datasets, expressed as departures from shading indicates
1850–1900, with
replicate the observed warming unless Hemispheric aerosol emissions, future
varying grey line thickness indicating inter-dataset range.
changes in the monsoon precipitation are
expected to be prominently constrained
by the effects of GHG warming. With the
resultant increase in temperature and
atmospheric moisture, climate models
project a considerable rise in the mean,
extremes and inter-annual variability of
monsoon precipitation by the end of the
century. While climate models project an
enhancement of mean monsoon rainfall
in the future, they concurrently project an
increase in the occurrence, severity and
area under drought. These changes are
linked to increased variability of monsoon
precipitation, and increase in water
vapour demand in a warmer atmosphere
that would tend to decrease soil moisture
content.
Fig. 1.Evolution of global mean surface temperature (GMST) over the period of Flooding events over India have also
Fig. 1 : Evolution
instrumental of global
observations. mean
(source surface
: IPCC AR5)temperature (GMST) over the period of increased since 1950, in part due to
instrumental observations. (Source : IPCC AR5) enhanced occurrence of localized,

18 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 248

 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

short-duration intense rainfall events to present day (3–5 year) which will about 10 days in this period. Prolonged
and flooding occurrences due to intense have serious implication on monsoon break spells appear to be more frequent
rainfall are projected to increase in in interannual timescale. The increase in 1951–2015. Roxy et al. (2016) showed
the future. Higher rates of glacier and in summer monsoon precipitation over that the widespread changes in extreme
snowmelt in a warming world would South Asian region projected by CMIP5 rain events are mainly dominated by
enhance stream flow and compound models is mostly sustained by an increase dynamic response of the atmosphere
flood risk over the Himalayan river basins. in moisture supply due to enhanced rather than thermodynamic factor alone.
The Indus, Ganga and Brahmaputra warming. By analysing 14 CMIP models, Krishnan et al. (2016) showed that, the
basins are considered particularly at risk they further showed that towards the enhancement of such deep localized
of enhanced flooding in the future in the 4.1
end of Projected
thecentury changes in Precipitation
the precipitable over India leading to heavy rainfall
water convection,
absence of additional adaptation and risk over Indian landmass may increase by events, are more likely to happen in
Research indicates, the water vapour holding capacity of the atmosphere is expected to
8–16 mm/day, the evapo-transpiration an atmosphere with weak vertical
mitigation measures.The Hindu Kush
increase by about 7% per degree of warming. The enhanced availability of moisture can
Himalayan (HKH) range experienced a by around 0.6 mm/day under RCP 8.5 shear. Increased variability of low-level
naturally lead to more precipitation over different parts of the globe. In general, climate
significant decline in snowfall and glacial scenario. Multi-Model Ensemble (MME) monsoon westerlies and warming of
simulations hint that the global warming is expected to enhance the Indian summer
area in the last 4–5 decades (Medium change (%) in annual, JJAS (June July north Arabian sea lead to increased
monsoon precipitation by 5–10%, albeit some climate models suggest less.Using CMIP5
confidence). With continuing warming, Aug Sept Monsoon Season) and OND moisture supply and thus enhance such
(Coupled Model Intercomparison Project 5) outputs, Sabeerali and Ajaymohan (2018)
climate models project a continuing (Oct Nov
showed thatDec)
there rainfall as projected
is a possibility by events.
of a shorter By examining
rainy season (defined using the changes
tropospheric in
decline in snowfall over the HKH during CMIP5, CORDEX-SA and NEX-GDDP the distribution of moderate
temperature gradient as outlined by Goswami and Xavier (2005) by the end of the twenty- and heavy
the 21st century, but with wide inter- models
first for in
century near
the future
RCP8.5 with respect
scenario to monsoon
(business as usualprecipitation
scenario).Even in Historical
though there andis
model spread. In contrast, parts of the 1976–2005
ambiguity from RCP4.5
in changes and RCP8.5
in projected GHG,precipitation,
seasonal mean only simulations Krishnan from
future projections et
Karakoram Himalayas have experienced scenario
CMIP5 is depicted
models show in significant increase inal interannual
a Fig.2. (2016) have shownduring
variation that along
the summerwith
increase in wintertime frozen precipitation monsoon
It has been season. Studies that
observed such from 1950and increase
as Sarita Rajeevan of(2016)atmospheric
have suggestedmoisture thatthethe
in the recent decades, in association periodicity of El Ninos is likely
onwards there has been a significant to shift to a decrease
shorter period of easterly
(2.5–3 year) vertical
compared shear
to of
present
with enhanced amplitude variations of day (3–5 year) which will have serious
rising trend in the frequency and intensity the
implication SAM
on circulation
monsoon in is also
interannual pivotal for
timescale.
Western Disturbances. The increaseheavy
of extreme in summer monsoon
rain events favouring
precipitation
over central localized
over South Asianheavyregionrainfall over the
projected by
CMIP5 models is mostly sustained
India, along with a decreasing trend in by an Indian
increase region.
in In
moisture a recent
supply study,
due found
toenhanced
4.1 Projected Changes in warming. By analysing 14 CMIPmodels,
Precipitation over India the moderate rain events. Consecutivethey further showed
statistically that towards
significant increase the inendtheof
thecentury the precipitable water
dry days with minimum spell length of 5 over Indian landmass
intensity mayincrease
and frequency by 8–16
of mm/day,
extreme wetthe
Research indicates, the water vapour evapo-transpiration by around0.6
days show significant increase of about
mm/day under
and RCP8.5
dry scenario.Multi-Model
spells during the ISM Ensemble
during the
holding capacity of the atmosphere (MME) change (%) in annual, JJAS (June July 1951–2011 Aug Sept Monsoon
periods.Season)
Observed andfrequency
OND (Oct
4 days in the period 1951–2015, while
Nov Dec) rainfall as projected by CMIP5, CORDEX-SA and NEX-GDDP models for near
is expected to increase by about 7% consecutive wet days show decrease of of a heavy and moderate daily rain
per degree of warming. The enhanced future with respect to 1976–2005 from RCP4.5 and RCP8.5 scenario is depicted in Fig.2.
availability of moisture can naturally
lead to more precipitation over different
parts of the globe. In general, climate
simulations hint that the global warming
is expected to enhance the Indian summer
monsoon precipitation by 5–10%, albeit
some climate models suggest less.Using
CMIP5 (Coupled Model Intercomparison
Project 5) outputs, Sabeerali and
Ajaymohan (2018) showed that there is
a possibility of a shorter rainy season
(defined using tropospheric temperature
gradient as outlined by Goswami and
Xavier (2005) by the end of the twenty-
first century in the RCP8.5 scenario
(business as usual scenario).Even
though there is ambiguity in changes in
projected seasonal mean precipitation,
future projections from CMIP5 models
show a significant increase in interannual Fig 2: Multi-Model Ensemble (MME) change (%) in annual, JJAS (June July Aug Sept Monsoon
variation during the summer monsoon Fig. 2and
Season) : Multi-Model
OND (Oct Ensemble (MME)aschange
Nov Dec) rainfall (%)byinCMIP5,
projected annual,CORDEX-SA
JJAS (June July
and Aug Sept
NEX-GDDP
season. Studies such as Sarita and Monsoon
models Season)
for near future and
withOND (Oct.
respect Nov. Dec.)from
to 1976–2005 rainfall as projected
RCP4.5 by CMIP5,
and RCP8.5 scenario.CORDEX-
(Reproduced
Rajeevan (2016) have suggested that the from
SA Report on Assessment
and NEX-GDDP of Climate
models Change
for near Over
future Indian
with Region,
respect MoES, Govtfrom
to 1976–2005 of India)
RCP4.5 and
periodicity of El Ninos is likely to shift to RCP8.5 scenario. (Reproduced from Report on Assessment of Climate Change Over
a shorter period (2.5–3 year) compared Indian Region, MoES, Govt of India)

A - 248 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 19

w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

events,attribution of changes in moderate the past decade. A warming is likely to contributor of energy consumed in the
and heavy precipitation, Box-whisker increase the melting more rapidly than the Indian power sector. India has utilized
plot of percentage distributions of yearly accumulation. Glacial melt is expected only about 32% of the total 145,000 MW
count of moderate and heavy rainfall to increase under changed climate hydropower potential and tremendous
events over Central India during the conditions, which would lead to increased opportunities for future expansion
period (1951–2000) from Historical and summer flows in some river systems for exist.The most significant hydropower
GHG experiments with respect to the a few decades, followed by a reduction in potential in India exists in the three major
natural only simulation is depicted in flow as the glaciers disappear. transboundary river basins (Ganges,
Fig.3. Detecting changes in the characteristics Indus, and the Brahmaputra). However,
It is estimated that the Himalayan of extreme rain events is an important all these basins have experienced
Mountains cover a surface area of issue in view of their large impacts on substantial changes in precipitation
permanent snow and ice in the region human society. It is difficult to attribute and air temperature that affected water
which is about 97,020 km2 with 12,930 a specific extreme event during the availability for hydropower generation.
It has been observed that from 1950 onwards there has been a significant rising trend in Majority of hydropower projects are
km3 volume. In these mountains, 10 to monsoon is owing to anthropogenic
the frequency and intensity of extreme heavy rain events over central India, along with a run-off-the-river (RoR) schemes and in
20% of the total surface area is covered climate changelike the Uttarakhand
decreasing trend in the moderate rain events. Consecutive dry days with minimum spell future also in place of storage schemes
by glaciers,
length of 5 dayswhile
show an significant
area ranging surges
fromof about
increase of 2015,
4 days in theorperiod
recent flood in Kerala
1951–2015, while
30 to 40% has seasonal snow cover. during 2018 monsoonyet it is robustly RoR schemes may be preferable due to
consecutive wet days show decrease of about 10 days in this period. Prolonged break spells submergence, site conditions and other
These
appear toglaciers
be moreprovide
frequent snow and theRoxy
in 1951–2015. anticipated
et al. (2016)thatshowed
a warming
that theatmosphere
widespread
environmental issues. In climate change
glacial
changesmelt waters keep
in extreme are mainly will
the Himalayan
rain events result in more
dominated severe response
by dynamic weather. of the
rivers perennial. It has been reported scenario, the more uncertainty in stream
atmosphere rather than thermodynamic factor alone. Krishnan et al. (2016) showed that, the
enhancement
that of suchestimate
a conservative deep localized convection,
gives atleast 5. leading
Impact of events,
to heavy rainfall climate
are more flow patterns, shall have a major impact
likely to happen in an atmosphere
500 km3/yr as snow and ice melt water with weak change
vertical shear. and
Increased role
variability of
of low- in peaking power generations due to
level monsoon westerlies and
contributions to Himalayan streams from warming of north dams
Arabian seain its
lead tomitigation
increased moisture small ponadge of RoR schemes. In order
supply
the and thus
upper enhance Mountains.
Himalayan such events. TheBy examining the changes in the distribution of to mitigate the impacts of such changes,
5.1 Impact on Hydropower RoR schemes may require certain
most useful facet of glacial run-off is the in Historical and GHG, only simulations
moderate and heavy monsoon precipitation
Krishnan
fact et al (2016)
that glaciers have more
release shownwater
that along with increase
in Climate change of atmospheric
and Global moisture
warming the increase in their pondage capacities.
decrease of easterly vertical shear of the SAM circulation
issues are is also pivotal
compelling the for favouring
countries to
a drought year and less water in a flood 5.2 Impact of Climate Change on
localized heavy rainfall over the Indian region. plan Inmore
a recent
and study,for the
more found statistically
green energy
year and thus ensure water supply even Water Security
significant increase in the intensity and frequency of extreme wet and dry spells during the
during the thelean years. The sources. Many countries are targeting to
snow line frequency
ISM during 1951–2011 periods.Observed of a heavy and moderate daily rain
and glacier boundaries are in sensitive cut their Thermal power generations in Total water requirement of the country in
events,attribution of changes moderateto and heavy precipitation, Box-whisker plot of
changes a phased manner, andevents
compensate the high demand scenario for different uses
percentageindistributions
climatic conditions. Almost
of yearly count of moderate and heavy rainfall over Central
67% of thethe
India during glaciers in the Himalayan
period (1951–2000) same with solar, wind and
from Historical and GHG experiments with respect tohydropower. for the years 2010, 2025 and 2050 as
mountain
the natural onlyranges haveis depicted
simulation in Hydropower is the second largest
retreatedin Fig.3. assessed by National Commission on
Integrated Water Resources Development
(NCIWRD-1999) constituted by Ministry
of Water Resources, is given in Table-1.
Table 1 : Water Requirement
accessment by NCIWRD -1999
Sl. Total Water Requirement for
No. Different Uses (in BCM)
Uses Year Year Year
2010 2025 2050
1. Irrigation 557 611 807
2. Domestic 43 62 111
3. Industries 37 67 81
4. Power 19 33 70
(Energy)
5. Others 54 70 111
Fig
Fig.33: :Observed
Observedfrequency of aofheavy
frequency (R _(R100
a heavy mm/day,
_ 100 bold bold
mm/day, line) line)
and moderate (5 _ R(5< _100
and moderate R Total 710 843 1180
mm/day, thin line) daily rain events. b Attribution of changes in moderate and heavy precipitation.
< 100 mm/day, plotthin line) daily distributions
rain events.ofb Attribution
yearly countofofchanges
moderatein(5–100
moderate
mm and heavy
Box-whisker of percentage day−1) and It is estimated by CWC in 2009 that
precipitation. Box-whisker
−1 plot of percentage distributions of yearly count of moderate
heavy (100 mm day ) events over Central India (74.5°–86.5° E, 16.5°–26.5° N) during the period about 450 BCM of surface water and as
(5–100 mmfrom
(1951–2000) day−1) and heavy
Historical (100 experiments
and GHG mm day−1) with
events over to
respect Central India only
the natural (74.5°–86.5°
simulation.
estimated by CGWB, that about 243 BCM
(Reproduced from N)
E, 16.5°–26.5° Report on the
during Assessment of Climate Change
period (1951–2000) Over Indian
from Historical Region,
and GHG MoES, Govt of
experiments
India) of ground water is being utilised for various
with respect to the natural only simulation. (Reproduced from Report on Assessment of
purposes in India. Thus the estimate of
Climate Change Over Indian Region, MoES, Govt of India)
It is estimated that the Himalayan Mountains cover a surface area of permanent snow
and ice in the region which is about 97,020 km2 with 12,930 km3 volume. In these
20 mountains,
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022
10 to 20% of the total surface area is covered by glaciers, while an area ranging
A - 248

from 30 to 40% has seasonal snow cover. These glaciers provide snow and the glacial melt
 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

water demands of 710 BCM by NCIWRD
in the year 2010 is quite matching with
the current total utilisation of 693 BCM.
Although, the water demand in 2050 in
high demand scenario (1180 BCM) is
approximately matching with the average
water availability of the country (1121
BCM), the basinwise water availability
has wide variations.The average annual
water availability across various river
basins of the country is given in Table 2.
From the above, it can be seen that there
is wide variation in Water Resources
potential per unit area of the basin.
Therefore, basins in western and
southern parts of the country will definitely
be either water-stressed or water-scarce
basins. A closer look on the above table
would reveal that Brahmaputra basin has
high water availability and utilisable part
is just 4.5% of that. Whereas in case of
basins such as Tapi, Cauvery, Pennar
and East Flowing Rivers from Pennar
to Kanyakumari, West flowing rivers of
Kutch and Saurashtra including Luni
have almost 100% of Water Resources
potential is utilisable.
As seen from Table 1, India would face
effects of climate change on varied basis
where some regions might face High
Impacts and some will face low impacts.
In such a case, the construction of storage
reservoirs becomes important to ensure
water availability for different consumptive
uses during the lean months. Apart from
that there is also need to create national
water grid through river interlinking to
transfer the water from water surplus
region to water scarce regions.

Table 2 : Basin Wise Water Availability in India

Sl. River Basin Catchment Average Water Utilisable surface WR Potential per
No. area (Sq.Km) Resources water resources unit area of the
Potential (BCM)* (BCM)** basin (metres)
1 Indus 321289 73.3 46 0.228
2 Ganga-Brahmaputra-Meghna
(a) Ganga 861452 525 250 0.609
(b) Brahmaputra 194413 537.2 2.763
24
(c) Barak & others 41723 48.4 1.160
3 Godavari 312812 110.5 76.3 0.353
4 Krishna 258948 78.1 58 0.302
5 Cauvery 81155 21.4 19 0.264
6 Subernarekha 29196 12.4 6.8 0.425
7 Brahmani-Baitarni 51822 28.5 18.3 0.550
8 Mahanadi 141589 66.9 50 0.472
9 Pennar 55213 6.3 6.9 0.114
10 Mahi 34842 11 3.1 0.316
11 Sabarmati 21674 3.8 1.9 0.175
12 Narmada 98796 45.6 34.5 0.462
13 Tapi 65145 14.9 14.5 0.229
14 West Flowing Rivers from Tapi to Tadri 55940 87.4 11.9 1.562
15 West Flowing Rivers from Tadri to 56177 113.5 24.3 2.020
Kanyakumari
16 East Flowing Rivers between Mahanadi 86643 22.5 13.1 0.260
and Pennar
17 East Flowing Rivers between Pennar & 100139 16.5 16.5 0.165
Kanyakumari
18 West Flowing Rivers of Kutch and 321851 15.1 15 0.047
Saurashtra including Luni
19 Area of Inland Drainage in Rajasthan --- Negl. -- ---
20 Minor Rivers draining into Myanmar 36302 31 -- 0.854
(Burma) and Bangladesh
Total 3290000 1,869.4 690 0.568

A - 248 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 21

w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Table 3 : Threat Map: Assessing impact of Climate Change on Water Security mm rain in 24 hours”. The 325 mm rainfall
in 24 hours at such a higher elevation is
Zones Groundwater Rainfall Temperature Glacial Impact of
one of the very rare events.
Depletion Retreat climate
change The maximum devastation in
Uttarakhand flood of year 2013 occurred
Western High Normal to Increase High Medium
in Mandakini and Alakanada sub basins,
Himalayas deficit
because of lack of any storage river
Western Medium to Deficit Increase Medium to valley project. In Bhagirathi sub basin
Plains and High High the Tehri dam mitigated the flood peak
Kutch by about 7000 cumec, thus saving
Deccan High High Deficit High Increase High the important downstream towns of
Plateau Rishikesh and Hardwar from the major
Northern Medium Heavy High Visible High flood fury. The flood mitigation by Tehri
Plains dam is presented in Fig. 4.
Central Medium Deficit Increase High 5.3.2 J&K Flood of September
Highlands 2014
Eastern High Deficit Increase High
J&K state experienced heavy to very
Ghats
heavy rainfall during September 3-7,
Eastern Medium Deficit Increase Medium 2014 resulting widespread flooding in
Coastal different parts of the state.The maximum
Plains impact of flooding was around Srinagar
Bengal Medium Heavy Increase High city. As per IMD records, the average
and Assam rainfall in the drainage area of Jhelum
Plains river up to Srinagar during September
North Minimal Heavy Increase Low to 3-7, 2014 was about 303 mm.This
Eastern Hills Medium rainfall was about 320% more than the
maximum monthlymonthly normal of the
5.3 Impact of Climate Change on but the largest impact has been at the monsoon months. Resulting runoff from
floods temple town of Kedarnath, which was continuous heavy rainfall was many
ThetheWIHG
in midstmeteorological
of the annualobservatory
pilgrimageat Chorabari
times more Glacier
than camp (3820 mcapacity
the carrying asl)
One of the major functions of dams andrecordedseason. 210 mm rainfall in 12 hours between 15 June (5:00 p.m.)river,
and 16 June (5:00 a.m.)
of the Jhelum causing overtopping
reservoirs is to control floods. India has2013. On 16 June 2013 alone (from 5:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.), 115 mm rainfall was recorded,
The 325WIHG of flood protection embankments of
seen some major devastating floods incausing mmmeteorological
rain in 24 hours”.observatory
The 325 mm rainfall in 24 hours at such a higher
at Chorabari
the recent past. Uttarkhand flood yearelevation is one ofGlacier
the verycamp (3820 m asl) Jhelum and consequent inundation in
rare events.
almost entire Srinagar town. Severity
2013, J&K flood of year 2014, Kerala recorded 210 mm rainfall in 12 hours
of of
thisyear
flood was so intense that even
flood of year 2018 and frequent floods between The maximum 15 June (5:00 in
devastation p.m.) and 16flood
Uttarakhand 2013 occurred in Mandakini
the river gauges installed at Sangam
in Brahmaputra and Ganga basins areandJune (5:00 sub
Alakanada a.m.) 2013.because
basins, On 16 of
June
lack2013
of any storage river valley project. In Bhagirathi
were washed away in the evening of 4th
some such evidences, which indicate thesubalone basin (from
the Tehri
5:00dama.m.mitigated
to 5:00 the flood
p.m.), 115peak by about 7000 cumec, thus saving the
important downstream towns of Rishikesh and September,
Hardwar from 2014.
the major flood fury. The
change in rainfall patterns and intensity. mm rainfall was recorded, causing 325
flood mitigation by Tehri dam is presented in Fig. 4.
5.3.1 Uttarakhand Flood of June
2013
Uttarakhand and neighboring states
experienced heavy to very heavy rainfall
during 16-18th June 2013. As per IMD
heavy rainfall (more than 10cm) in a
day were reported at many stations
in Uttarakhand and heavy rainfall is
also reported at number of stations in
Himachal Pradesh, Haryana and Punjab.
The incessant, heavy rainfall over three
days coupled with bursting of Chorabari
glacial lake resulted in very severe
flooding and landslides at differentFig 4:Plot of actual inflow hydrograph and expected inflow hydrograph at Hardwar in the absence of
places in Uttarakhand. The devastationTehri Fig.
dam4(CWC
: Plotreport
of actual inflow hydrograph
of Uttarakhand and expected inflow hydrograph at Hardwar in
Flood 2013)
due to rain and landslide has been huge the absence of Tehri dam (CWC report of Uttarakhand Flood 2013)
5.3.2 J&K Flood of September 2014
22 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 248
J&K state experienced heavy to very heavy rainfall during September 3-7, 2014 resulting
widespread flooding in different parts of the state.The maximum impact of flooding was
around Srinagar city. As per IMD records, the average rainfall in the drainage area of
 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

The exceptionally heavy rainfall during The incessant rain and consequent this particular flood could have been
4-6th September, 2014 was the main flooding was most severe during 15-17 averted or mitigated through flood
cause of heavy flooding in Jhelum. From August 2018. 3 day cumulative rainfall forecasting and prudent reservoir
the detailed analysis of the rainfall, it has raster of Kerala rainfall of 15-17, August operation.
been found that the rainfall in Jhelum 2018 is presented in Fig. 5. The worst From the analysis it has been found that
basin during 3rd to 7th September, 2014 affected sub-basins in Kerala were the dams in Kerala neither added to the
was about 300% more than the monthly Periyar, Pamba, and Chalakudy. flood nor helped in reduction of flood, as
normal of August and about 600% more CWC report on Kerala floods has most of the dams were already at FRL
than the monthly normal of September. presented the complete analysis of or very close to FRL on 14 August 2018,
This rainfall resulted in flood peak of rainfall, runoff in Periyar, Pamba, due to more than normal rainfall in the
about 2500 cumec (88000 cusec) at Chalakudy, and Sholayar river systems. months of June to July 2018. It may be
Sangam and 3200 cumec (113000 However in this paper, rainfall, runoff, noted that, had the reservoir been a few
cusec) at Srinagar.The peak segment of and reservoir operations in Periyar and feet below FRL, the flooding conditions
the flood hydrograph sustained for about Pamba basins have been discussed. would have not changed much, as
6 hours resulting in inundation of large The storm of 15-17, August 2018 was the severe storm continued for 3 days
low lying areas and heavy damage in spread over the entire Kerala with eye and even for 4 days at majority of the
quent breaching
the Jhelum of flood
basin embankments.
especially in Srinagar The main
centered reason ofa place
at Peermade, floodbetween
was high intensity
places, and in any case it would have
due to over topping and subsequent
l and absence of dams in the catchment area. Periyar and Pamba sub-basins. The been necessary to release from the
breaching of flood embankments. The three day rainfall between 15-17 August, reservoirs after 1st day of the extreme
main reason of flood was high intensity 2018 was almost comparable to the rainfall.The CWC report of Kerala Flood
Kerala rainfall
Flood andof August
absence2018of dams in the rainfall in Kerala that occurred in 1924 recommended that the rule curves need
catchment area. i.e. 94 years ago. The cumulative rainfall to be formulated for both conservation
oods, that occurredFlood
5.3.3 Kerala in the ofmonth of August
August realised 2018, in Kerala
during 15-17, August caused
2018 wasa large
as wellscale
operations during the flood,
quite significant, with more than 800 mm particularly for the reservoirs in Kerala
ation in terms 2018of lives and property along with causing misery to a large section of
rainfall at Peermade rain gauge station having the live storage capacity of more
ation ofThe
Kerala. Theoccurred
floods, that incessant
in therain
monthand
of consequent
followed by moreflooding
than 700was
mm atmost
Idukki.severe during
than 200 MCM in order to create some
August 2018. 3 day cumulative rainfallThe
August 2018, in Kerala caused a large raster
studyofwasKerala rainfall
conducted by CWCof 15-17,
to dynamic August
flood cushion for moderating the
scale devastation in terms of lives and analyse the rainfall and consequent floods of lower return periods particularly
is presented
property inalong
Fig. with
6.The worst
causing affected
misery sub-basins in Kerala were Periyar, Pamba,
to flooding event along with the reservoir in the early period of monsoon.
halakudy.
a large section of population of Kerala. operation component to assess whether
In climate change scenario the
magnitude of return period floods are
likely to increase due to change in
intensity of rainfall. Hence, apart from
non structural measures such as flood
forecasting etc, storage of flood water
shall also be essential to mitigate the
impacts of flood. This will necessitate
to revision of rule curves of existing
reservoirs to create some dynamic flood
cushion and construction of additional
reservoirs to regulate the flood water.
Floods have become stories of the past
in many countries due to the construction
of large dams. In India, Damodar Valley
Corporation built dams on Damodar
river, three Gorges Dam of China etc are
good examples where dams are playing
a vital role in providing the protection
from frequent floods to downstream
areas .

5.4 Impact of Climate Change

on Dam Safety Issues
In India the dams have been designed for
100 year, Standard Project Flood (SPF)
Fig 6:Fig.
3 days cumulative
5 : 3 days Kerala
cumulative Keralarainfall
rainfall ofof 15-17,
15-17, August
August 2018 2018 and Probable Maximum Flood (PMF)

WC report on Kerala floods has presented the complete analysis WATER

A - 248 of rainfall, runoff
and ENERGY in
INTERNATIONAL July 2022 23
r, Pamba, Chalakudy, and Sholayar river systems. However in this paper, rainfall,
, and reservoir operations in Periyar and Pamba basins have been discussed. The
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

as per BIS criteria. For estimating PMF,
the design rainfall depth is PMP,which
is computed by applying the Moisture
Maximisation Factor (MMF) on Standard
Project Storm (SPS). In case of climate
change scenario the rise in temperature
will decrease the gap between persisting
dew point temperature at storm location
and maximum dew point temperature
at the same location, resulting smaller
MMF values. Hence it is expected
that there shall be only little change
in PMP values and PMF. However,
significant change may be expected in
100 year period floods and SPF due to
rise in temperature resulting significant
change in design floods also. This shall
necessitate more safety measures for
dams also. Hence, periodical review
of design floods, provisions of extra
spillway bays, provision of fuge plugs,
provision of some basic flood cushion,
frequent revisit of rule curves etc shall
be essential.
6. Conclusion
In spite of uncertainties in climate
change simulation scenarios, the hydro-
meteorological events in the recent
past are giving a good indication that
deviation in climate from the long
term averages are happening. Hence,
counties have to accept the challenges
posed and prepare themselves to
mitigate its impact by accounting for
its impact in planning and designing of
water resources structures. The counties
having more population density are more
vulnerable to climate extremities. Taking
in to account the water security, food
security, energy security, environmental
concerns, feasible strategies have to be
evolved to mitigate the impacts of climate
change. Dams being the important
source of perennial water supply, energy
generation, flood protection, assured
irrigation for food security shall play
a key role in providing the resilience
against climate change.
References
1. Turner A, Annamalai H (2012)
Climate change and the South
Asian summer monsoon. Nat Clim
Change 2:587–595.
2. Kirtman B et al (2013) Near-term
climate change: projections and
predictability. In: Stocker TF, Qin D,
Plattner G-K, Tignor M, Allen SK,
Boschung J, Nauels A, Xia Y, Bex V,
Midgley PM (eds) Climate change
2013: the physical science basis.
Contribution of working group I to
the fifth assessment report of the
inter governmental panel on climate
change. Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge, pp 953–1028
3. Sarita A, Rajeevan M (2016)
Possible shift in the ENSO-Indian
monsoon rainfall relationship under
future global warming. Sci Rep
6(1):20145.
4. Mei R, Ashfaq M, Rastogi D, Leung
L, Dominguez F (2015) Dominating
controls for wetter South Asian
Summer Monsoon in the twenty-first
century. J Clim 28(8):3400–3419.
5. Goswami B.N. et al. (2006)
Increasing trend of extreme rain
events over India in a warming
environment. Science 314:1442–
1445
6. Bhutiyani M.R., Kal V.S., Pawar
N.J. (2009) Climate change and
the precipitation variations in the
northwestern Himalaya: 1866–2006.
Int J Climatol 30(4):535–548
7. Sourina Bej.Water Security in India
Threat Mapping: Impact of Climate
Change. Vol. 8, No. 17, Second
Quarter, 2018, p.44-94

Water and Energy International Journal

Submission of Technical Papers
To submit a paper for possible publication in the Water & Energy International Journal, please send the full version
of paper in max. 12 pages, together with artwork or photographs and a CV of each author, to the address shown
below.
The paper should define as clearly as possible the scope of the paper. In the case of a project description, please
include the current status, as many Interesting technical features as possible, and the companies involved in the
development of the project. In the case of a research paper, please describe clearly the aim of the research, and
possible (or actual) applications for the engineering profession.
Please notify us if the material has been used elsewhere. If you do not hold the copyright of all the material you are
submitting (including artwork) please check that the necessary permission has been obtained. The text will eventually
be required in Word format. Photographs should be sent as separate maximum quality JPG files, Diagrams should
be submitted as original (hard) copies, clearly annotated in English. Colour portrait photographs of each author will
be required for publication as well as short biographical details. We also need full contact details for the main author
(email, fax and telephone).
Material should be submitted to :
Mr. A.K. Dinkar, Secretary
Central Board of Irrigation & Power, CBIP Building, Malcha Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi 110 021
Phone: 91-11-26116567/26111294/26115984 Fax: 91-11-26116347 E-mail: batra@cbip.org; sunil@cbip.org

24 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 248

 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

Estimating Recreational Value of Khecheopalri Lake

Ecosystem of Sikkim Himalaya using Contingent
Valuation and Travel Cost Methods
Kul Bahadur Chettri1 And Ruma Kundu2

ABSTRACT
The main purpose of this study is to estimate the visitors’ willingness to pay (WTP) for the conservation and management
of Khecheopalri lake which has major coldwater fish habitat using the Contingent Valuation Method (CVM) with the
application of Ordinary Least Square (OLS) technique. This paper also utilises the Travel Cost Method (TCM) for the
estimation of recreational value and consumer surplus through the application of the Truncated Poisson Regression
Model (TPRM). The data are collected through direct interviews with 100 visitors through well-structured questionnaires.
The results indicated that the visitors’ WTP is significantly impacted by factors such as realised visits, monthly income,
time spent at the lake, recreational experience and satisfaction level. Similarly, the important factors that determined the
demand for the lake are travel cost, distance, age and monthly income. The average per person per visit WTP is $3.075
and the total WTP is $306.76. The study found that per person per visit recreational benefit is $387.03, total annual
recreational benefit is $5921544.0, per person per visit consumer surplus is $18.18 and the total consumer surplus is
$181770.74.
Keywords: Khecheopalri lake, recreational benefits, willingness to pay, contingent valuation method, travel cost method,
consumer surplus

1. INTRODUCTION
Nature can be regarded as a public
good that is priceless, yet is worth a lot.
An ecosystem reinforces all human life
and activity, people are often not aware
of the benefits they receive from nature
nor their value. An aquatic ecosystem
such as a lake is home to many aquatic
animals including fish species. It supports
commercial fishing, agriculture and
functions as a natural source for providing
recreation, enjoyment, aesthetic and
spiritual value to the people.
The Himalayan region has many lakes
situated at different altitudes. Several
of these are sacred that attract visitors
and pilgrims from all over the world for
their aesthetic, cultural and spiritual
significance. The Sikkim Himalaya has
more than 150 lakes located at different
altitudes and most are considered sacred
(Roy & Thapa, 1998). Natural lakes
such as Tsongmo lake, Khecheopalri
lake, Menmecho lake, Aritar lake etc.
are habitats for coldwater fish species.
Although Sikkimese people considered
all lakes of the Himalayan Mountain as
sacred, Khecheopalri lake is believed
to be the most sacred among others.
Because of the very sacredness and
worship by the people, fishing in the lake is
strictly prohibited in Sikkim (Roy & Thapa,
1998). Many national and international
tourists visit the lake throughout the year
and spent a huge amount of money on
recreation which is boosting the rural
economy but economic values have not
been quantified.
The aesthetic and ecological advantage of
the lake ecosystem has been recognised
for over a century, yet rarely quantified. It
is crucial to start the economic valuation of
the benefits to be derived from preserving
natural systems. It is complicated to find
the worth of any ecosystem and natural
resources by using traditional economic
measures because the scenic beauty or
use value of such amenities is not usually
priced in markets (Islam & Majumder,
2015). The absence of market demand for
such services leads to the introduction of
precise non-market valuation techniques.
The Contingent Valuation Method (CVM)
and the Travel Cost Method (TCM) are
the most generally utilised techniques
developed for the measurement of the
value of non-market goods. Now-a-days,
ecosystems can be evaluated in terms of
total economic value.
The present study estimates the economic
valuation of the Khecheopalri lake
ecosystem with the following objectives.
To estimate the visitors’ willingness to pay
for the conservation and management
of the Khecheopalri lake ecosystem
and the factors influencing the visitors’
WTP through the application of the
contingent valuation method. To estimate
the recreational benefits and consumer
surplus offered by the lake utilising the
travel cost method.
2. DESCRIPTION OF
THE STUDY AREA:
KHECHEOPALRI LAKE
The Khecheopalri Lake is situated in
the West district of Sikkim at an altitude
of 1700 m (5,600 ft) having surfaces
are of about 3.79 hectares (9.4 acres).
The depth of water in the lake varies
from 3.2-11.2 m (10-37 ft) with an
average depth of 7.2 m (24 ft.) and a

1. Assistant Professor, Department of Economics, Nar Bahadur Bhandari Government College, Tadong, Gangtok, India
2. Assistant Professor, Department of Economics, Sikkim University, Gangtok, India

A - 249 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 25

 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

water volume of 272,900 cubic meters. 3. MATERIALS AND determining factors that affect WTP
Khecheopalri Lake, originally named as METHODS is obtained from the multiple linear
Kha-Chot-Parli (meaning the heaven regression model using the Ordinary
The study of the lake is based on a
of Padmasambhava), is a sacred lake Least Square method.
sample survey of 100 respondents
located near Khecheopalri village, 147
consisting of the local community, WTPij = β0 + β1RVi + β2AGEi + β3RELIOi +
km from Gangtok and 34 km from Pelling
pilgrims, and visitors from both within and β4EDUi + β5MINCi + β6OCCUPi + β7 TSLi +
town in West Sikkim (O’ Neil et al., 2020).
outside the country (India). The outsider β8NFMi + β9RECEXPi+β10DSATISi+µi
The lake has unique characteristics with ...(1)
visitors were mostly from Nepal, Bhutan
gaining popularity in the tourism sector
alri Lakebecause
is situated
of ainunique
the West districtand
landscape of Sikkim at an altitude of 1700 m (5,600In ft)
and a few from European countries. The having surfaces
the regression equation, the dependent
respondents were interviewed through variable WTP represents the willingness
rich biodiversity. There are also various
a structured questionnaire (Bishop & to pay (in ₹) while the independent
79 hectares
ethnic(9.4 acres). The aspects
religion-cultural depth of and waterHeberlein
in the lake1992;varies
Arrowfromet al.,3.2-11.2
1993) m (10-37 ft) with an
sacred beliefs are associated in the lake. variable RV represents realised visit in
during the two peak tourist seasons from the past, Age is the age of the visitors
of 7.2 mThe(24 lake is considered holy by both
ft.) and a water volume of 272,900 Marchcubic meters.
to May Khecheopalri
and October Lake,(inoriginally
to December. named as
years), RELIOG indicates religion
Buddhists and Hindus and is believed
Along with these face-to-face interviews where 1=Hindu; 2=Buddhist; 3=Christian;
to be a ‘wish-fulfilling’ lake. Folklore
(Arrow et al., 1993) were also conducted 4=Others, EDU stands for education level
(meaning
and the
many heaven
legendsofarePadmasambhava),
associated with is a sacred lake located near Khecheopalri village, 147
at the lake sites. Only adult visitors who measured in years of schooling, MINC
its formation and shape. The water of
had a defined source of income were is the monthly income (in ₹), OCCUP
gtok andthe34lakekmis from
used for rites and
Pelling town rituals. A
in West Sikkim because
interviewed (O’ Neilthey et are
al.,the2020).
ones The lake has
represents unique
occupation where 1=Student/
festival is known as the ‘Khecheopalri
who have more realistic ideas in making Scholar; 2 =Farmer, 3=Govt. Employees,
Lake festival’ is observed every year
with gaining
during popularity
March whereina the largetourism
number of sector because
personal of a unique
valuations landscape and
of their recreational/ rich biodiversity.
4=Private employees; 5=Business;
sacredness experiences at the lake 6=others, TSL stands for time spent at the
local pilgrims and tourists visit the lake
concerning their budget constraints lake (in hour), NFM stands for a number
various(Jain
ethnic religion-cultural
et al., 2004). aspects and(Brownsacred& Henry,
beliefs1989).
are The
associated in the lake. The lake is
visitors were of family members in a trip, RECEXP is
The lake has different species of a asked to provide information on their the recreational experience perceived by
y by bothlargeBuddhists
number ofand Hindus
fishes, and is
but fishing andbelieved to be
willingness to apay
‘wish-fulfilling’
(WTP) per year lake. for theFolklore and many
visitors where 5 = Excellent, 4 = Very
boating in the lake are strictly prohibited. the maintenance and conservation of the Good, 3 = Good, 2 = Bad and 1 = Very
It is believed that any disturbances lake, the number of trips made to the lake, Bad; DSATIS is the dummy variable
ociated and
withunhealthy
its formation and shape. The water of the lake is used for rites and rituals. A festival is
activities on the lake distance travelled to the site, time, travel whether the visitors are satisfied or not
may bring calamities and unwelcome cost, WTP for entrance, socio-economic by visiting the sites; DSATIS = 1, if the
‘Khecheopalri
events. Lake festival’ is observed
The Khecheopalri lake and every yearsuch
variables during
as age,March where a large
sex, educational number
visitors of local
are satisfied in visiting the lakes,
Khangchendzonga National Park are level, occupation, and income, etc. 0 otherwise. β0 is the intercept term, β1,
conserved
urists visit the lake from a biodiversity
(Jain standpoint
et al., 2004). β2. . . . . . . . . ., β10 are the coefficients
along with a focus on ecotourism and 3.1 Economic Valuation of the of independent variables and u being the
pilgrimage (O’ Neil et al., 2020). As a Lake through the Contingent i
error term?
Figure 1: Location
result, and Viewand
their recreational of Khecheopalri
sacred Lake and
Valuation its Surrounding Area
Method
values are enhanced. The visitors' WTP for the management 3.2 Evaluation of the Recrea-
and conservation of the lake and its tional Value of Lake: A Travel
Cost Analysis
The travel cost method is used to
estimate economic use values related
to ecosystems or sites that are used
for recreation (Datta, 2007; Mayor et
al., 2007). It is based on the principle
of observed behavior (expenditure
on travel) that can be used to derive
a demand curve for the non-priced
environmental goods and services by
considering the price of access to the
site by time and travel cost expenditure
that people incur to visit a site. It uses
the visitors’ travel costs as a proxy for the
price that they have incurred in visiting
the sites. The demand for ecotourism or
visiting spot is represented by the number
Fig. 1 : Location and View of Khecheopalri Lake and its Surrounding Area
of realised visits in the past. Therefore,

26 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 249

has different species of a large number of fishes, but fishing and boating in the lake are strictly

the demand of the people to visit the site
can be estimated based on the number
of trips that they make at different travel
costs (Datta, 2007; Mayor et al., 2007).
The Individual TCM uses survey data
collected from visitors on their number of
visits, travel costs and socio-economic
characteristics. The consumer’s surplus
is obtained by integrating the demand
curve and estimating the area above the
price line. It is expected that the demand
for ecotourism is inversely related to the
size of the travel cost (price) and WTP
for entrance.
The following equation is employed for
the estimation
RVij = β0 + β1TCi + β2DISTi + β3AGEi +
β4EDUi + β5MINCi + β6WTPi+µi ...(2)
Where RVij is the dependent variable
i.e. visitors’ realized visits in the past,
whose value is greater than or equal to
1, TC represents to and from travelling
cost, food and accommodation cost
incurred by the visitors in ₹, DIST means
the one-way distance from the visitors’
place to the lake, AGE is the age of the
visitors in years, EDU means education
level of the visitors, MINC is the monthly
income of the visitors in ₹, WTP means
the amount of willingness to pay for the
entrance in ₹, β0 is the intercept term,
β1,β2. . . . . . . . . . , β6 are the coefficients
of independent variables and ui is the
error term.
To estimate the consumers surplus and
the demand for the lake, a linear demand
function is used as follows
RVij = β0 - β1TCi+ɛi. ...(4)
where, RVij is the realised visit to site j
by the ith individual, TCi is the travel cost
of the ith individual, β0 is the intercept of
the demand function, β1 is the coefficient
of the travel cost and εi is the error
term which is assumed to be normally
distributed with (0, δ2).
4. DISCUSSION OF RESULTS
4.1 Willingness to Pay for
Khecheopalri Lake
The average per person per visit WTP
of the visitors is estimated to be $ 3.06
and that of total WTP is $ 305.67. The
multivariate regression analysis is carried
out (Table 1) to determine the factors that
A - 249
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
influence the WTP for the management increase in the recreational experience
and conservation of the lake. The result that the visitors felt and satisfaction level
presented in Table 1 states that the perceived by the visitors tends to raise
visitors’ realised visit is significant at 5% the visitors’ zeal to pay more for the lake.
level which had been positively related to From the above analysis on the WTP and
WTP. This indicates that when the visitors’ its determinants, we found that visitors’
level of desire to visit the lake increases, aspiration to visit a site, monthly income
his/her willingness to pay goes up for the of the visitors, education, time spent by
management and conservations of the them at the site, recreational experience
lake. perceived by them and their satisfaction
Income is considered to be the most is the major factors that determine their
crucial factor that affects the peoples’ willingness to pay for the management
WTP and it is highly statistically and conservation of the lake. R2 is found
significant at 1% level with the expected to be high which indicates that the model
sign indicating that an increase in the is a good fit.
income of the visitors tends to increase 4.2 Estimation of Factors Deter-
the visitors WTP for the lake. The mining the Demand for
number of hours devoted by the visitors
Khecheopalri Lake
at the lake is one of the important factors
that have a significant impact on WTP. Travel cost which is the important variable
It is found to be highly significant at 1% that determines the demand function
level explaining the positive relationship is negatively related to the demand for
with the WTP. If the visitors spend ecotourism, as expected; and it has a
more hours at the lake sites, then their significant effect on a realised visit to
WTP will tend to rise; this is because the lake at 1% level. It indicates that
spending more time in the sites means other things being constant when TC
greater enjoyment and hence higher increases, the demand for visits to the
the keenness to pay for it. Recreational lake will fall. The result is also supported
experience and satisfaction at being at by the demand theory which implies
the lake are significant at 1% level with that as price (TC) increases the quantity
the expected signs. The significance demanded (number of desires to visit)
of these two factors means that an falls.
Table 1 : Estimated results of the WTP for Khecheopalri lake
Explanatory variable Estimated coefficients t-value p-value
RV 17.213** 2.28 0.025
AGE -0.093 -0.16 0.871
RELIOG 2.629 0.44 0.665
EDU 0.583 0.27 0788
MINC 0.001*** 3.30 0.001
OCCUP -1.916 -0.41 0.682
TSL 52.047*** 3.09 0.000
NFM 4.583 1.26 0.210
RECEXP 27.189 *** 3.89 0.000
DSATISS 45.967*** 2.99 0.004
Cons 118.569** 2.33 0.022
R2 0.848
F (10, 89) 49.95*** 0.000
Source : Author’s estimation.
Note: *, ** and *** indicates the significance levels at 10%, 5% and 1% respectively.
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 27
 𝑅𝑉�� = 1.710823 − 0.0000171𝑇𝐶. . . . . . . . (3
w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)
The per-person recreational benefit of the lake is estimated by calculating the

areaKhecheopalri
Table 2 : Estimated results of the travel cost analysis for under the demand
lake curveand is calculated by transforming
then integrating between 0the
andoriginal
the dema
average number of visits (2.44) as shown
Explanatory Truncated poisson Marginal Z-statistics
function and thenP-value
integrating between 0 and
in equation (4)the average number of visits (2.44) as
variables coefficients effects
2.�� 1.710823 𝑅𝑉��
TC -.0000171*** -.0000367 -2.48 0.013 = ∫0 ( − ) 𝑅𝑉 …………… (4
0.0000171 0.0000171 ...(4)
DIST -.005102** -.0010424 -2.30 0.021
AGE -.0185417* -.0378825 -1.86 0.063 The following table depicts the results of
The following table depictsthe the estimated
results of the estimated recreational
recreational benefits and
benefits and
EDU .0010173 .0020785 0.40 0.970
consumer surplus of visitors.
MINC 5.77e-06** .0000118 2.13 0.034 Table 3: Estimated recreational benefits and consume
Table 3 : Estimated recreational benefits
WTP -.00959 0195933 -1.60 0.109 and consumer surplus
CONS 1.710823*** NA 3.39 0.001 V
Per person recreational benefits Value in $
Number of obs. = 93, Log likelihood = -111.582
LR chi2 (6) = 68.43 Pseudo R2 = 0.2347
Per person
Prob > chi2 = 0.0000
per visit recreational
Per benefits
person recreational $944.35
benefits
Per person per visit recreational benefits calculated from the actual
Source: Author’s estimation.
average time spent by the visitors at the lake
Per person per visit $387.03
Note: *, ** and *** indicates the significance levels at 10%, 5% andTotal
1% respectively.
annual recreational benefits
recreational benefits $5
Per person per visit consumer surplus
Per person per visit $592.15
Distance is also one of the important reflection about WTP for consumer
Individual entrance surplus/
is person
recreational benefits
factors that affect the demand for a visit found to be insignificant indicating calculated from the
Total consumer surplus $
to a site. It is found to be negatively negative relation to the realised number actual average time
Source:
related with significantly affecting of visits to the site. This is because
Author’s estimation.
spent by the visitors at
visitors’ demand to visit the lake at 5% people generally visit spots in a group the lake
The average number of realised visits to the lake is 2.44. After some calculation
level. This indicates that as distance and perhaps ask for the lower entrance
rises peoples’ keenness to visit the site fee in a group. An increase in the entree Total annual recrea- $5921544.07
demand function is found to be ₹ $944.35
tional benefits for the average number of visits. The
falls. This is because if the visiting site fee may discourage the urge to visit the
has a greater distance from the visitors’ place. Per person per visit $18.18
benefits is obtained by dividing the per-person recreational benefits by the av
place, then the demand for other spots The model used is found to be a good fit. consumer surplus
having lesser distance may rise. In The F statistic Moreover, per person
is also highly Individual benefits
per visit recreational
statistically consumerare found$44.35
to be $387.03.
such cases, the demand for substitute significant surplus/ person
indicating the overall 8
sites may increase and hence reduce significance of the independent variables. Total consumer surplus $181770.74.
that for the given site. Age is found to From the above analysis, we can infer
be significant at 10 % level indicating that travel cost, distance, age and income Source : Author’s estimation.
a negative effect on the demand for are the main factors that determine the The average number of realised visits to
the lake. The result suggests that as demand for visits to the lake. the lake is 2.44. After some calculations,
the visitors become older their zeal for the estimated area of an inverse demand
travelling a long-distance decrease thus 4.3 Demand Function and function is found to be ₹ $944.35 for the
reduces the demand for ecotourism. Estimation of Recreational average number of visits. The per person
On the other hand, we can say that Benefits of Khecheopalri per visit recreational benefits is obtained
young people tend to travel more than Lake by dividing the per-person recreational
older ones. Education level, which is benefits by the average number of
measured in years of school attended is The main purpose of this section is to realised visits. Moreover, per person per
found to be insignificant suggesting that estimate the recreational benefits and visit recreational benefits are found to be
the education level does not affect the visitors’ consumer surplus which is $387.03.
demand for the lake. The visitors’ income derived from the demand function given The travel cost itself does not reflect
is found to have a significant positive in equation 3. The estimated demand the actual recreational benefits that
impact on the demand for ecotourism function for the outdoor recreational the visitors get from visiting the sites;
at 5% level which is consistent with benefits relating to the realised visits and therefore, to avoid the overestimation
the theory. For every visiting plan, the travel cost is as follows of the recreational benefits, we have
income of the people played a vital role RVij = 1.710823-0.0000171TC ...(3) taken actual time spent on the sites.
in the success of any trip. The income The per-person recreational benefit of The average time spent on recreation
is the means for covering every cost of the lake is estimated by calculating the on the site by the visitors is 1.53 hours.
recreation, it is expected that as their area under the demand curve. The area Therefore, we have calculated the better
income increases, the visitors may have under the demand curve is calculated approximate recreational value of the
more demand for recreation for travel by transforming the original demand lake by multiplying per person per visit
lovers and adventures. The visitors’ function into inverse demand function recreational benefits with the average

28 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 249

 w&e internatioNal (Water resources section)

time spent at the lake i.e. (1.53 X 387.03) 5. CONCLUSIONS Bishop, R. C., and T. A. Heberlein. 1992.
= $592.15. The total annual recreational The lake ecosystem provides several The contingent valuation method. Natural
benefits are calculated by multiplying kinds of values directly or indirectly to resource damages: law and economics.
per person per visit recreational benefits mankind as well as other terrestrial and New York: John Wiley and Sons, 281–
by the total number of annual visitors to aquatic species but its monetary value 309.
the lake during the past 1 year. The total is rarely quantified. In the Himalayas, Brown Jr. G., and W. Henry. 1989. The
annual visits i.e. 10,000 visitors to the particularly in Sikkim, the lake is economic value of elephants, Discussion
lake are obtained from the office of the considered to be sacred and worshipped paper. The London Environmental
lake authority. Hence, the total annual by the people. Commercial fishing Economics Center: London, UK.
The travel cost itself does not reflect the actual recreational benefits that the visitors get from visiting the sites;
recreational benefits are (10,000 X activities and any form of pollution are
$592.15) = $5921544.07.
erefore, to avoid the overestimation of the recreational benefits, we have taken actual time spent on the sites. The Datta, S. K., A. R. Ghosh, and R. Kundu.
highly restricted in the lake because 2006. " The trade-off between economic
verage time spent on recreation on the site by the visitors is 1.53 hours. Therefore, we have calculated the better
The travel cost method is commonly the lake is rich in spiritual, aesthetic, and environmental management of two
pproximate recreational value of the lake by multiplying per person per visit recreational benefits with the average
used to estimate the consumer surplus ecological and recreational value. The fish production units in Burdwan district of
associated with travelling costs to visitors who were coming from the
me spent at the lake i.e. (1.53 X 387.03) = $592.15. The total annual recreational benefits are calculated by
West Bengal." Environment and Ecology
recreational
ultiplying per person sites
per visit recreational like
benefits by theparks,
total numberbeaches,
of annual visitors todifferent
the lake duringparts
the of the country as well as 24 (1): 237-241.
religious
ast 1 year. The total annual visits and
i.e. 10,000heritage sites
visitors to the lake (Hailu
are obtained from theet from
office of the lakeabroad
authority. were willing to pay for its
al., recreational
2005).benefitsTheareconsumer surplus is the management and protection because Hailu, G., P.C. Boxall, and B.L.
ence, the total annual (10,000 X $592.15) = $5921544.07.
McFarlane 2005. “The influence of place
The travel costdifference
method is commonlybetween the amount
used to estimate the consumer of money
surplus associated withintraveling
today's costs toworld most people are well
the consumer is willing to pay and the educated and concerned about global attachment on recreation demand.”
creational sites like parks, beaches, religious and heritage sites (Hailu et al., 2005). The consumer surplus is the
amount actually pays. It can be calculated climate change and environmental Journal of Economic Psychology 26(4):
fference between the amount of money the consumer is willing to pay and the amount actually pays. It can be
as the area under the demand curve degradation. The average willingness to 581-598. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
lculated as the area under the demand curve and above the price line as illustrated in figure 3.
and above the price line as illustrated in pay for the conservation and maintenance joep.2004.11.003.
Figure 2. Figure 1: Consumer Surplus
of the lake is recorded to be $3.07 while Islam, K., and S Majumder. 2015.
the willingness to pay for entrance is “Economic evaluation of Foy's lake,
$0.74. These would suggest that visitors Chittagong using the travel cost
are showing their concern for the cause method.” Indian Journal of Economics
of environmental protection of the lake. and Development 3(8): 102-112.
The factors that most affected the visitors’ https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.
willingness to pay for the conservation cfm?abstract_id=2728257.
and maintenance of the lake are the Jain A., H. B. Singh, S. C. Rai, and E.
visitors’ aspiration to visit a site, monthly Sharma .2004. “Folklores of sacred
income of the visitors, time spent by Khecheopalri Lake in the Sikkim Himalaya
them at the site, recreational experience of India: A Plea for Conservation.” Asian
perceived by them and their satisfaction Folklore Studies 63 (2): 291-302. https://
Fig.to2be: $4.92.
The average total cost is estimated Consumer
The consumer Surplus
surplus of visitors for the average number of visits
level. The demand curve for recreational www.jstor.org/stable/30030339.
calculated as the area under the demand curve and above the average travel cost. The per person per visit
The average total cost is estimated benefits indicated that the probability
to be $4.92. The consumer surplus of of visitation rate increases with the
onsumer surplus is estimated to be $18.18 (= 387.03 – 368.85). The per-person individual consumer surplus is Mayor, K., S. Scott, and T. S. Tol. 2007.
visitors
btained by multiplying forper
per person thevisitaverage number
consumer surplus of visits
with the average numberis
decrease in travel cost and distance for
of visitors and it is found to Comparing the travel cost method and
calculated
e $44.35. The total consumer surplus as the area
is estimated underthethe
by multiplying demand
total number of visitors bythe outstation
per person per visit visitors. Other important the contingent valuation method: An
curve and above the average travel cost.
onsumer surplus. Therefore, the total consumer surplus is estimated to be $181770.74 (=10000 factors X 18.18). that have influenced the demand
application of convergent validity theory
The per person per visit consumer surplus for the lake are the age and income of to the recreational value of Irish forests
9
is estimated to be $18.18 (= 387.03 the visitors. Age is negatively related (no. 190). Esri working
– 368.85). The per-person individual while income is positively related to the O’Neill A.R., P.K. Chhetri, B. Chhetri,
consumer surplus is obtained by demand for the lake. The per person per and S.K. Rana .2020. “Establishing
multiplying per person per visit consumer visit recreational benefits is $387.03, ecological baselines around a temperate
surplus with the average number of total annual recreational benefits are Himalayan peatland.” Wetlands Ecology
visitors and it is found to be $44.35. The $5921545.37, per person per visit and Management 28: 375–388. https://
total consumer surplus is estimated by consumer surplus is $18.18 and the total link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11273
multiplying the total number of visitors by consumer surplus is $181771.07. -020-09710-7.
per person per visit consumer surplus.
Roy B.N., Thapa M.P. (1998) Lakes
Therefore, the total consumer surplus is REFERENCES
of Sikkim: A limnological study. in:
estimated to be $181770.74 (=10000 X Arrow KJ, Solow R, Portney P, Learner
Sikkim: perspective for planning and
18.18). E, Radner R (1993) Report of the NOAA development, Sikkim science society
panel on contingent valuation. and Bishen Singh Mahendra Pal Singh,
Dehradun, India: 189–204.

A - 249 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 29

w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Indian Power Sector : Legislations, Policies &

Regulations

Atul Agrawal1

Abstract
Indian power sector has completed almost one and half century. During this period, many structural changes have
been practised which along with liberalisation provided directional and progressive approach to the industry. Globally,
Indian power system is the third largest in terms of generation capacity. Transmission and distribution systems have
been strengthened enough to cater the load pattern. India is almost meeting its electricity demand, as well as exporting
surplus power to the bordering nations. This standing is not attained in one day, rather, it has been the gradual
development. Various legislations, policies and regulations notified time to time have been key to this growth. These
documents often advocate sectoral efficiencies to achieve financial and commercial viability leading into economic
growth of the nation. The rapid nature of power sector provides an opportunity to consolidate holistic view of the sector
and prepare a paper which can be instrumental to understand the growth in policy context. Therefore, this paper first
deliberates the sectoral evolution and then confers the present law, policies and regulations. Before concluding, the
paper provides an insightful discussion on the trends of power sector inter alia including upcoming products envisaged
for transforming the sector.
Keywords : Indian Power Sector; Law; Legislation; Policy; Regulation; Electricity Act 2003

1. INTRODUCTION
The first demonstration of electric
lights in the street of Calcutta in 1879
and setup of first Power Generating
Station at Sidrabong2 in 1897 ignited the
foundation of Indian Power Sector. At
that point of time, a regulatory approach
was missing to further guide the power
sector. Therefore, to fill this gap, the first
legislation of Indian Power Sector i.e.
‘Indian Electricity Act (IEA), 19103’ was
notified which provided basic framework
to supply of electricity (Agrawal et al.,
2017). The IEA1910 empowered local
government to grant supply license to
applicant and also to place necessary
infrastructure for the conveyance and
transmission of electricity. Progressing
under this Regulation, Indian power system
managed to have 1362 MW4 installed
capacity at the time of independence in
1947 (Chandel et al., 2016). During this
era, all establishments were decentralized
and were limited to major cities only. The
ownership was in different hands for
different activities and hence for ensuring
the integrated development of the sector,
Government of India notified ‘Electricity
Supply Act (ESA) 1948’. The ESA 1948
attempted virtual nationalization of the
industry by mandating the establishment
of State Electricity Boards (SEBs). This
ushered era of controls (Reddy, 2002)
as by 1956, SEBs took over most of the
private licensees5. In addition to that,
the Industrial Policy Resolution of 1956
reserved the sector exclusively for the
government while allowing existing private
utilities to continue. Thus, no new private
license was granted. Establishment of
‘Central Electricity Authority (CEA)’ was
also envisaged by this Act.
With the objective of economical and rapid
electrification, the ESA1948 was amended
from time to time. Through 1975 amendment,
the Central Government was allowed to
generate power, which in fact paved the way
for establishing public sector utilities such as
NTPC, NHPC & NEEPCO (Narayan, 2002).
In 1991, the ESA1948 was again amended
to open up generation activity for private
players and also to establish Regional
Load Despatch Centres (RLDCs) as the
next version of Regional Electricity Boards
(REBs) constituted in 1964 to support the
integrated grid operation. Through 1998
amendment, the ESA1948 enabled private
players’ participation in transmission sector.
It is good to know that earlier, transmission
was vertically integrated with generation
business, however, it was hived off in 1989
as ‘National Power Transmission Corporation
(NPTC)6’ out of the transmission assets of
NTPC, NHPC & NEEPCO.

1. Research Officer, Central Electricity Regulatory Commission, India

2. Sidrabong Power Station (130 kW) was hydel power plant, set up for providing power to Darjeeling tea plantations.
3. Notified on 18 March 1910 and came into force on 1.1.1911
4. 854 MW Thermal + 508 MW Hydro
5. upon expiry of their licenses
6. Renamed as Power Grid Corporation in 1992

30 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 250


In the succeeding decades of the
ESA1948, the performance of State
Electricity Boards had continuously
deteriorated due to many reasons. One
of the prominent reasons was that SEBs
were unable to professionally determine
tariff because the process of tariff
determination was majorly influenced
by the political pressures. Subsidies
and cross-subsidies had reached to
undesirable level. For addressing
these issues, National Development
Council was setup in 1993. The
council recommended the formation of
Regional Tariff Boards for fixing up the
tariff for respective SEBs falling in their
region. However, this could not take off.
Subsequently, in 1996, the Common
Minimum National Action Plan for Power
(CMNPP) foresaw the establishment of
Electricity Regulatory Commissions for
fixing up the tariff (Kumar et al., 2012).
To enable this, the Electricity Regulatory
Commission Act (ERCA) 1998 was
notified which mandated the creation of
Central Electricity Regulatory Commission
and paved out the way for creating State
Electricity Regulatory Commissions.
Scholars take it as harbinger of second
phase of reforms in India.
Since, electricity is a concurrent subject,
by this time, few states have also come up
with their own state specific reform laws.
Even though creation of SERCs was
not mandated, these states established
SERC as this was the prerequisite
condition imposed by World Bank for
granting soft loans (Rajan, 2000). The
piecemeal approach at state level led
to imbalances among Central and State
laws. Therefore, need for harmonising
the IEA1910, ESA1948 and ERCA1998
was felt. To address this, and standing
challenges of Indian Power Sector
through a comprehensive legislation,
‘Electricity Act (EA) 20037’ was enacted
which is a milestone in the history of
Indian Power Sector. Presently, as a
Federal Law, EA2003 has over-riding
effect on the laws passed by the State
Governments.
7. 1910, 19948, 1998 Acts were repealed by the EA2003
8. Central Government or State Government, as the case may be
9. Named as Distribution Franchisees
10. Few states further liberalised open access limit to 0.1 MW
A - 250
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
2. ELECTRICITY ACT 2003
A legislation becomes extremely
important when it provides necessary
growth impetus. Same is the case with
Electricity Act 2003, which in its preamble
itself provided the much anticipated
direction to the industry. The preamble
has been reproduced here as under:
“An Act to consolidate the laws relating
to generation, transmission, distribution,
trading and use of electricity and
generally for taking measures conducive
to development of electricity industry,
promoting competition therein, protecting
interest of consumers and supply of
electricity to all areas, rationalization of
electricity tariff, ensuring transparent
policies regarding subsidies, promotion
of efficient and environmentally benign
policies, constitution of Central Electricity
Authority, Regulatory Commissions
and establishment of Appellate Tribunal
and for matters connected therewith or
incidental thereto.”
The focus of preamble is on introducing
competition by unbundling erstwhile SEBs
into separate generation, transmission
and distribution companies. First time, an
Act presented provisions for transparency
at all stages of generation, transmission,
distribution and usage of electricity. By
providing path breaking features like
trading and rationalised tariff, the EA2003
attempted to bring in commercial viability
and stability to the sector (Agrawal et al.,
2019). While the salient features of the
EA2003 are not limited, some of them are
presented in subsequent paragraphs.
The EA2003 mandated the reorganisation
of SEBs. Following to this mandate,
every State Government was required
to formulate its own transfer scheme for
unbundling SEBs (Rameshwar et al.,
2000) into generation, transmission and
distribution businesses and subsequently
to describe their property, rights and
liabilities to ensure economic efficiency,
competition, consumer interest,
profitability & viability in the industry.
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
The reorganisation was also permitted
through the formation of joint ventures,
subsidiaries, merger, amalgamation or
any other reconstruction arrangement.
Upon unbundling, the Appropriate
Governments8 were required to notify
Central Transmission Utility (CTU) and
State Transmission Utility (STU) for
undertaking transmission planning.
CTUs and STUs were declared deemed
transmission licensee by the Act.
Delicensing generation was the prominent
change made by the EA2003. With no
license requirement for setting up a
power plant, complete freedom was also
given to establish and access captive
power plants. The concept of group
captive was also introduced where two
or more companies can together setup
a generation plant for fulfilling their own
demands. Though, keeping in mind the
sensitivity of water usage, dam safety and
ecological imbalances, hydro generation
was still needed to have concurrence
of the Central Electricity Authority
(CEA). The Act also paved the way for
decentralised stand-alone generation
mainly for promoting rural electrification.
On distribution side, the competition was
endeavoured in three aspects. First,
that the multiple distribution licensees
were allowed in the same area. For
ensuring that each of the licensees is
able to meet its supply obligation, the
law mandated electricity supply through
the own network of respective licensee.
Second, that a distribution licensee
can now undertake distribution through
another person9 and such person will not
require any separate license. Third, the
concept of open access was introduced
through which consumers who are having
demand of one megawatt10 or more, on
the payment of specified surcharges,
can source power from any market place
towards destination of use. However,
these surcharges have been exempted
for the captive consumers. Expansion of
distribution infrastructure in rural areas
was made the joint responsibility of
July 2022 31
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
Central & State Governments (Agrawal
et al., 2020).
Both generation and distribution cannot
take off without handholding transmission
business. Therefore, it is important to
develop transmission infrastructure for
safeguarding short-term and long-term
requirements of the sector. Moreover,
it is also required to ensure non-
discriminatory access of wires to the
participants, and hence for enabling that,
the EA2003 envisaged separation of load
despatch activity from the transmission
business and recommended to establish
a separate government owned company11
for managing & monitoring the load
dispatch through load dispatch centres
at National level (i.e. NLDC), Regional
level (i.e. RLDCs), and State level
(SLDCs). Presently, PowerGrid and other
transmission licensees are responsible
for efficient and coordinated development
of transmission infrastructure whereas
load despatch centres are responsible
for optimum scheduling and despatch of
electricity.
Trading is a distinct licensed activity, which
was introduced by the EA2003 (Shukla et
al, 2011) for bridging the gap between
demand and supply of different territories.
The introduction of trading enabled
selling of surplus power of one region to
another. With the power trading, EA2003
envisaged development of wholesale
power market in India which led into the
establishment of power exchanges12 for
buying and selling power at an electronic
platform. With these developments, the
cross-border electricity trading was also
started13 firstly with Bhutan and then
subsequently with Nepal, Bangladesh and
Myanmar. This composite arrangement
of trading and power exchanges promptly
grasped the monopolistic nature of power
procurement and opened up doors for
11. Presently NLDC & RLDC are being managed by POSOCO (established in 2009 as a wholly owned subsidiary of Power Grid, notified
as a separate company in January 2017)
12. Two Power Exchanges – IEX and PXIL were established in 2008.
13. Though the trading activity was commenced before, it was formalised by EA2003 to develop the market
14. During Peak and Off Peak Hours
15. Availability of Power to all in Next Five Year, Demand to be fully met by 2012, Spinning Reserves for meeting peak demand, achieving
1 unit/household/day minimum lifeline consumption of electricity by 2012, Financial and commercial viability of the Sector, Reliable
and Quality Power, and protection of consumer interest.
16. Including rehabilitation and resettlement
32 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
utilities by providing novel avenues to buy
and sell power on short term horizon.
3. POLICIES
On policy front, the EA2003 provided
Central Government to formulate National
Electricity Policy (NEP) & National Tariff
Policy (NTP) in consultation with State
Governments for guiding the future
developments in power sector. In line with
the National Electricity Policy, CEA was
made responsible for preparing National
Electricity Plan (NELP). For ensuring
complete rural electrification, the Central
Government was required to prepare
National policy on standalone systems
for rural areas and nonconventional
energy sources, and National policy on
electrification and local distribution in
rural areas.
3.1 National Electricity Policy
(NEP)
As mandated by the Section 3(1)(2) of
EA2003, the NEP for the first time was
notified by the Central Government in
February 2005. The policy recognized
electricity as a key driver for economic
growth and therefore, it intended socio-
economic development of the nation
while simultaneously ensuring the growth
of power sector (Rejikumar, 2005). It
provided coordinated development
scenarios to address the problems of
power shortages14, access to electricity,
per capital consumption, financial
performance of the utilities and consumer
interest15. Though most of the objectives
are achieved or near to be achieved, we
are significantly late in terms of timelines
which had been placed for meeting its
different objectives. Yet, even after 15
years of its notification, the policy is still
acting as a directional document for
different regulations, which time to time,
July 2022
are being notified or amended by the
Regulatory Commissions. The policy
has been effective instrument as it was
the first guiding document for the various
issues around generation, transmission,
distribution, rural electrification,
tariff particularly cost & subsidies,
energy conservation, environment,
privatisation, research & development,
competition and consumer satisfaction.
Nevertheless, concepts like accelerated
power development and reforms
programme (APDRP), spinning reserves,
cogeneration, reliability index etc are the
products of this policy, some of them are
still futuristic which demonstrates the kind
of vision the policy had for the industry.
3.2 National Electricity Plan
(NELP)
As required by Section 3(4) of the
EA2003, the CEA prepares NELP once in
every five years in line with the NEP. The
NELP provides short-term and long-term
demand forecast for different regions.
On the basis of estimated demand, it
frames capacity addition and expansion
in generation and transmission keeping
in mind the technical, economical,
and financial aspects. The plan also
deliberates various issues around
environment16, energy security, energy
mix and grid integration etc., for different
technologies and available resources.
The first NELP covering the review of
10th five year plan, detailed plan for
11th five year plan and perspective Plan
for 12th five year plan was notified in
the gazette of August, 2007. Similarly,
the second NELP was notified in the
gazette of December, 2013 whereas the
third NELP was notified in two volumes,
volume one for generation and volume
two for transmission respectively in
January 2018 and February 2019.
A - 250
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

3.3 National Tariff Policy (NTP)
In accordance with the Section 3(1)(2)
of the EA2003, the first NTP was notified
by the Central Government in January
2006. Competitive tariff, financial viability,
attracting investments, transparency,
regulatory consistency, competition and
efficiency were the key objectives. The
NTP2006 encouraged the procurement
of power through competitive bidding.
It defined equity norms and interest,
depreciation, debt cost, operating and
renovation norms etc for tariff determina-
tion by regulatory commissions. The
NTP2006 also presented principals on
multi-year tariff17, two-part tariff structure
for long term contracts, time differential
tariff, availability based tariff (ABT) and
merit order despatch and recommended
that regulatory assets should only be
allowed in exceptional cases. It also
provided direction to determine the
cross-subsidy surcharges and additional
surcharges for open access consumers.
The Central Government reviewed the
NTP 2006 and notified the revised National
Tariff Policy, 2016 (NTP2016). The NTP
2016 has wider scope as while adding
to the earlier objectives, it also promotes
renewable energy sources specially the
hydro power plants18 (including pumped
storage plants providing adequate
peaking reserves for grid stability and
managing the fluctuations resulted
by large scale integration of variable
renewable energy sources like wind and
solar). The NTP2016 aims to ensure
uninterrupted 24x7 power supply to all
by 2021-22 and allows un-requisitioned
surplus to sale in spot market. The
policy introduces the microgrids19 and
smart meters20 and exempt interstate
transmission charges & losses for solar
and wind power plants. The policy also
recommends e-auctioning of coal and
expansion of existing power generation
projects so that the power generation
cost can be reduced and benefits can be
passed on to the consumers.
3.4 Electricity Rules
In accordance with the Section 176
of the Electricity Act 2003, on 8 June
2005, the Central Government notified
the Electricity Rules 2005. These rules
explicitly specify the requirements for
captive generation plants. A power plant,
if has 26% or more ownership by the
captive user(s), and if 51% of electricity
generated annually is consumed by the
same captive user(s), is categorised
as captive power plant. The rules also
provide that transmission licensee needs
to comply with the directions of load
despatch centres, and if he fails in doing
so, load despatch centres may take
control of the operations of transmission
system. The rules also clarified that if a
trader has license issued by the Central
Commission for inter-state power trading
then such trader will not require a
separate license from State Commission
to undertake intra-state power trading.
4. REGULATIONS
On regulatory front, the EA2003 vested
the power into Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission (CERC) to
regulate inter-state affairs of power
sector, and mandated states to constitute
State Electricity Regulatory Commission
(SERC) for regulating intra-state affairs.
An option to establish Joint Electricity
Regulatory Commission with another
state was also provided. With this,
regulations for providing right disciplined
direction to the growth of power sector
started appearing.
While policies are guiding documents
to the industry, regulations are binding
force. Majorly, CERC and to some extent,
SERCs have skeleton whole industry on
their regulations. The very first regulation
for the industry notified by CERC was
‘Terms and Conditions of Tariff Regulation
2001’. That was the only regulation
before EA2003. The Act delegated
startling powers to CERC and hence
after the enactment of EA2003, CERC
for providing right course to the industry,
has come up with numerous regulations
like Open Access Regulations, Sharing
of Inter-State Transmission Charges &
Losses Regulations, Sharing of Revenue
from Transmission Assets Regulations,
Payment of Fee Regulations, Trading
Regulations, Unscheduled Interchange/
Deviation Settlement Mechanism
Regulations, Connectivity Regulations,
Renewable Energy Certificate
Regulations, Power Market Regulations,
Grid Code Regulations, Ancillary Services
Regulations etc. These regulations
were amended time to time as per the
changing needs of the industry. Following
paragraphs provide an insight around
some of the key regulations.
4.1 Tariff Regulations
The Commission specifies tariff
regulations for thermal21 & hydro22 power
plants and transmission business once
in every five years. Tariff regulations for
renewable power generation23 are being
specified once in every three years. The
Commission notified first set of Tariff
Regulations in 2001. Presently, ‘Terms
and Conditions of Tariff Regulations,
2019’ are in force for thermal generation,
hydro generation and transmission
business, and Terms and Conditions
for Tariff determination from Renewable
Energy Sources Regulations, 2020 are in
force for renewable generation.
As per the regulations, two part tariff
structure i.e. capacity charge and energy
charge is in place for the electricity
generated from thermal power plants.

17. To be adopted for any tariffs to be determined 6 from April 1, 2006 with five year or three year control period
18. Large Hydro Power Projects (Capacity >25 MW) were also declared as Renewable Energy Sources by Ministry of Power on 8 March
2019.
19. Microgrids for remote villages and small power plants near coal washeries
20. Smart meters to be compulsory for consumption over 200 units
21. Consisting Coal, Lignite & Gas
22. Capacity > 25 MW
23. Biogas, Biomass Gasification, Wind, Solar PV/Thermal, Small Hydro (<25 MW), Municipal Solid Waste, ‘Non fossil fuel based co-
generation, Refuse derived fuel

A - 250 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 33

w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
Capacity charge is calculated on annual
basis and recovered on monthly basis.
It provides recovery of annual fixed
cost. Energy charge is calculated as
per scheduled energy and recovered
on monthly basis. It provides recovery
of primary and secondary fuel cost.
Key components of capacity charge for
thermal24 and transmission business
are: (a) return on equity25 (b) interest
on loan capital; (c) depreciation; (d)
interest on working capital; and (e)
operation and maintenance expenses,
while the energy charge for thermal is
derived on the basis of the landed fuel
cost. For transmission business, the
fixed cost is computed on annual basis
and recovered on monthly basis in the
form of transmission charge from the
users. Tariff for hydro generating station
comprises capacity charge and energy
charge, however, since there is no
fuel involved, the weightage of energy
charge is kept as 50% of annual fixed
cost. Components of capacity charge for
thermal remain same for hydro, though
here we also include cost of approved
rehabilitation and resettlement, and 10%
contribution of developer towards village
electrification schemes. Energy charge
for hydro is payable by the beneficiaries
in proportion to their respective allocation
in saleable capacity26.
Renewable energy technologies have
single part tariff consisting: (a) return
on equity (b) interest on loan capital;
(c) depreciation; (d) interest on working
capital; and (e) operation and maintenance
expenses. However, renewable energy
technologies which consume fuel such
as biomass power projects and non-fossil
fuel-based cogeneration; single part tariff
with two components, fixed cost and fuel
cost is determined. For the renewable
energy technologies, levellised tariff is
computed as generic tariff considering
the useful life of project.
24. Recovered under two segments of the year, i.e. High Demand Season and Low Demand Season and within each season in two parts
viz., Capacity Charge for Peak Hours & off-peak hours.
25. Power sector provides one of highest Retrun on Equity 16.50% or 15.50% as the case may be
26. The capacity excluding the free power to the home State
27. 2009, 2013, 2015, 2016, 2018 & 2019
28. 2014 & 2019
29. Now there are five categories in comparison to four categories defined by earlier regulations
34 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
4.2 Open Access Regulations
The Open Access Regulations were first
notified in 2005 and then were repealed
in 2008 by new set of regulations ‘Open
Access in inter-state Transmission
Regulations, 2008’ which are presently in
force and have been amended27 six times
so far. These regulations provide various
provisions on grating short-term access
of transmission wires to different players.
The short-term open access is granted for
the available surplus capacity of inter-state
transmission system over long-term open
access and medium-term open access.
The surplus capacity is also a factor of
inherent design margins and variation in
power flows. These regulations provide
collective transactions priority over
the bilateral transactions however for
both, concurrence of respective SLDC
is required. Nodal agency for bilateral
transactions is the RLDC of the drawl
region and for collective transactions, it
is NLDC. Presently, open access under
these regulations is being granted
through a common electronic platform
namely ‘National Open Access Registry
(NOAR)’.
4.3 Power Market Regulations
The Commission notified ‘Power
Market Regulations’ in 2010. Popularly,
known as PMR 2010, these regulations
restricted short term market to one year
and provided path breaking features
for the growth of wholesale electricity
market in India. Amended28 twice, these
regulations define contracts for spot
market, day ahead market and term
ahead market at power exchanges and
foresee the introduction of real time
contracts, derivative contracts, future
contracts, ancillary services contracts
and capacity contracts. While allowing
open position and back to back deals
through traders, they also permitted
Over the Counter (OTC) contracts
July 2022
directly between buyers and sellers.
For addressing the congestion, these
regulations proclaimed market splitting
mechanism. The regulations defined
price discovery mechanism and other
design aspects of the power exchanges
including operational norms, eligibility
criteria; and conditions for members
and traders. Insider trading policy was
prohibited by these regulations and
for an unscrupulous activity, market
participants were required to report to the
Commission for circumventing gaming
and cartelisation.
The PMR 2010 being a decade old were
demanding changes. Therefore, keeping
in mind the developments took place
during this period, the Commission,
on 15.08.2021, for strengthening the
market, has notified the ‘Power Market
Regulations 2021’ (PMR 2021). These
Regulations allow Real Time Contracts,
Term Ahead Contracts for longer duration
and also the cross border electricity
contracts at Power Exchanges (Agrawal,
2022). The Regulations also have
enabling provisions for Market Coupling
which may be introduced in coming years
for optimising the transmission capacity
and economic surplus.
4.4 Trading Regulations
The Commission introduced two sets
of regulations on power trading viz.
‘Trading License Regulations, 2009’ and
‘Fixation of Trading Margin Regulations,
2010’. Both of these regulations were
subsumed by the present regulations
viz. ‘Trading Licence Regulations, 2020’.
These regulations have revised category
of trading licenses29, and accordingly
their net worth and volume of electricity
they can trade in a financial year.
Trading margin is also revised by these
regulations. Trading margin for short
term transactions and banking contracts
has been kept in the range of zero (0.0)
A - 250

paise/kWh to seven (7.0) paise/kWh
however where unconditional, irrevocable
and revolving letter of credit or escrow
arrangement is not provided by the
trading licensee to the seller, margin for
such ailment is capped at two (2.0) paise/
kWh. These regulations permits banking
as a trading activity and also the cross
border trade in accordance with ‘Cross
Border Trade of Electricity Regulations,
2019’.
4.5 Grid Code Regulations
The Commission notified Indian
Electricity Grid Code Regulations in 2010
and since then it has been amended
six times30. Grid code regulations
were defined in accordance with Grid
Standards stipulated by CEA. These grid
code regulations comprehends role of
different players and their linkages, as
well as codes for inter-state transmission
including planning, connection, operating,
scheduling and despatch. The objective of
grid code regulations is to ensure effective
coordination among CEA, generators,
transmission utilities, regional power
committees, load despatch centres, and
beneficiaries. The grid code ensures
grid voltage to remain in operating range
and articulates that a system operator
may instruct variable renewable energy
sources such as wind and solar to back
down generation for ensuring grid safety
and security, however at the same
time, the operator will make all efforts
to evacuate the available power from
these sources. The grid code regulations
also provide various complementary
mechanisms viz. payment for reactive
energy for state-owned lines, commercial
settlement for wind and solar generation
etc. Presently, the Commission is working
on updating the grid code regulations and
has put up the draft of Indian Electricity
Grid Code Regulations, 2022 for public
consultation.
4.6 Transmission Charges and
Losses Regulations
The first set of ‘Sharing of Inter-State
30. 2012, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2019
31. Amended in 2011, 2012, 2015 (two times), 2017, 2019
32. 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2017 & 2019
33. Issued by Central Government
34. To be notified separately by the Commission
A - 250
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
Transmission Charges and Losses
Regulations31’ was notified in the year
2010. These regulations provide yearly
transmission charges & losses and
their sharing for the use of interstate
transmission network on the basis of both
Point of Connection Methodology and
Load Flow Analysis. Presently, ‘Sharing
of Inter State Transmission Charges
and Losses Regulations, 2020’ are in
force. As per these Regulations, the
transmission charges are required to be
shared monthly among the Designated
ISTS Customers in accordance with
the yearly transmission charges. The
Regulations define four components
of transmission charges: (i) National
Component (ii) Regional Component (iii)
Transformer Component (iv) AC System
Component. The National component
comprises of charges for transmission
system developed for Renewable Energy
and HVDC. The Regional Component
comprises of charges for transmission
system developed for static compensators
and HVDC developed to supply power
to a particular region. The transformer
component comprises of charges for
inter-connecting transformers developed
for drawl of power by the concerned
state. The AC system component further
has two components – (i) Usage Based
Component, (ii) Balance Component. The
charges for Usage Based Components
are shared among injecting and drawing
DICs corresponding to their respective
usage of transmission line Access and
untied long term open access. While
the charges for Balance Component are
shared by injecting and drawing DICs in
accordance with the quantum of Long
Term and Medium Term Open Access
and untied long term open access. The
regulations provide that transmission
charges are required to be computed
and shared on monthly basis in terms
of ‘Rupees/MW’. However, for short
term transactions, it would be Paisa/Unit
and will be applicable for the short term
open access as approved by the RLDC/
NLDC. It is to note that schedules of ISTS
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
customers are adjusted after considering
energy losses estimated by the SLDC/
RLDC.
4.7 Connectivity Regulations
The Commission notified ‘Grant of
Connectivity, Long-term Access and
Medium-term Open Access in inter-State
Transmission Regulations’ in 2009 and
has amended them seven times32 as of
now. The regulations define the extent
of long-term open access for the period
exceeding 12 years to 25 years and as
well as of the medium-term open access
for the period exceeding 3 months to 3
years. The regulations provide that a
generating station or a bulk supplier cannot
apply for LTOA/MTOA without getting
connected with the grid, however, while
submitting the connection application
these persons may parallelly apply for
LTOA/MTOA. The nodal agency for both
grants of connectivity and LTOA/MTOA to
the inter-State transmission system is the
Central Transmission Utility who issues
detailed procedure for the purpose of
these regulations. The procedure defines
performa for connection agreement, open
access agreement etc. Transmission
Service agreement33 in accordance with
the standard bid document also becomes
part of it. The regulations specify that in
the event of transmission constraints, the
scheduled transactions may be curtailed
by the RLDCs for ensuring the grid
security.
During the effective period of these
regulations, the penetration of intermittent
renewable energy projects increased
manifold. Moreover, ISTS charges and
losses were exempted for the renewable
projects based on solar energy and
wind energy. This possessed the
challenge for transmission system and
regulatory aspects on it. For addressing
the same, the Commission has notified
‘Connectivity and General Network
Access to the inter-State Transmission
System Regulations, 2022’ which, on the
day of commencement34, shall repeal the
existing Connectivity Regulations. The
July 2022 35
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
new set of regulations broadly consists
of various provisions on the Connectivity,
General Network Access, and Temporary
General Network Access.
4.8 Renewable Energy
Certificate Regulations
‘Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs)
for Renewable Energy Generation
Regulations’ were notified in 2010 and
had been amended35 four times. These
regulations labelled two categories
for renewable energy certificates
– solar certificates36 and non-solar
certificates37. Both can be sold to the
eligible entities who intend to fulfil
their Renewable Purchase Obligations
(RPOs)38 categorised as solar RPO
and non-solar RPO (Tyagi et al., 2018).
As per the eligibility conditions, RECs
cannot be issued to such renewable
generation plant who have signed power
purchase agreement/s at preferential
tariff. The regulations recommend
the Commission to designate a nodal
agency for the purpose of registering
entitled generators, issuing certificates
and maintaining & settling the accounts
etc. The Commission through the suo-
motu order, has designated NLDC as
the nodal agency for RECs.
These REC Regulations were framed
when electricity generation from wind
and solar power was costlier than
the fossil fuel based generation. This
scenario has gradually changed and
presently, these intermittent sources are
now generating at lower cost. Though,
the other renewable energy technologies
(being hydro, municipal solid waste and
non-fossil fuel-based cogeneration,
biomass and biofuel) are still generating
power at high cost. To address this, the
Commission has introduced the concept
of Multiplier based on the tariff range for
35. 2010, 2013, 2014, 2016
36. Certificates issued to eligible entities for electricity generation from solar plants
37. Certificates issued to eligible entities for electricity generation from renewable sources other than solar
38. RPO is different for each of the state
39. 2010 and 2012
40. Original Regulations had the frequency range of 49.20 Hz – 50.30 Hz
41. Original Regulations had the frequency range of 49.70 Hz – 50.05 Hz
42. 2014, 2015, 2016, 2018 & 2019
43. There are 96 times blocks in day, for 15 minute each
36 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
various renewable energy technologies
through ‘Renewable Energy Certificates
for Renewable Energy Generation
Regulations, 2022’ repealing the earlier
regulations. The Commission, through
these regulations, has also permitted
the trading of RECs through trading
licencees which were earlier only
permitted through power exchanges.
4.9 Unscheduled Interchange
Regulations
‘Unscheduled Interchange Charges
Regulations’ were notified in 2009 and
were amended39 twice. These regulations
are historic as they introduced three-part
tariff structure with the implementation of
‘Availability Based Tariff (ABT)’. Besides
Fixed Cost and Variable Cost, the
Unscheduled Interchange (UI) Charge
became the third component of tariff
through these regulations. The UI was
introduced as a commercial mechanism
to ensure grid discipline in accordance
with the grid frequency40. These
regulations were repealed by ‘Deviation
Settlement Mechanism Regulations41’ in
2014 which had also been amended42
five times. These regulations replaced
the term ‘UI’ with ‘Deviation’ with the
same definition as provided earlier.
Under these regulations, deviation
charges are payable for under injection
by seller and over drawl by buyer and
receivable for over injection by seller
and under drawl by buyer as worked
out in accordance with the average grid
frequency of that time block43. Presently,
the deviation price vector is a function
of daily average ‘Area Clearing Price’
discovered in the ‘Day Ahead Market’.
The frequency bandwidth to operate
the grid has been gradually tightened
by these regulations, and presently it is
49.85 Hz – 50.05 Hz.
July 2022
Over the years, it has been felt that
deviations should only be managed
by ancillary services and charges of
deviations should reflect the cost of
deployment of ancillary services by
the system operator. Accordingly,
the Commission, through ‘Deviation
Settlement Mechanism Regulations,
2021’ provided that the normal charges
for deviation shall be equal to Weighted
Average Ancillary Service Charge
(paise/kWh), computed based on the
deployment of total quantum of Ancillary
Services and net charges payable to
the Ancillary Service Providers in all
the regions. The Deviation Settlement
Mechanism Regulations, 2021 are yet to
repeal the previous regulations for which
a date will be separately notified by the
Commission.
4.10 Ancillary Service
Regulations
Ancillary Services Operations
Regulations were notified in 2015. These
regulations provided Regulations Up
services and Regulations Down services
respectively by increasing or decreasing
generation, as the case may be, primarily
to respond a change in frequency of the
system within the stipulated time limit.
Under these regulations, nodal agency
selects the ancillary service provider
based on its merit in economic despatch
and directs to provide its services as
and when need arises for the stability of
grid.
The Ancillary Services Operations
Regulations, 2015 only set the ground
for Tertiary response. However, with the
increasing share of variable renewable
energy and challenges posed on the grid
thereby, it has been felt to also support
Primary response and Secondary
response through the Regulations.
A - 250

Therefore, recently, the Commission
notified Ancillary Services Operations
Regulations, 2022. These Regulations
provide market based procurement of
both Secondary responses and Tertiary
responses, under which a separate
product for Ancillary Service shall be
introduced in the Real Time Market and
Day Ahead Market of power exchanges.
5. DISCUSSION
The first legislation of Indian power
sector, the Indian Electricity Act, 1910
which was the only law to prevail
before the independence of nation
empowered local government to grant
supply license to an applicant. The next
law, the Electricity Supply Act, 1948
mandated the integration of staggered
utilities into a single unit which resulted
in vertically integrated monopoly
structures. Amendments of 1975 and
1991 in the Electricity Supply Act, 1948
attempted introduction of competition on
generation side. However, distribution
sector kept continuously struggling
with low performance and deteriorating
finances. To address this situation, the
Electricity Regulatory Commission Act,
1998 provided the establishment of
Regulatory Commissions and distanced
the government from the process of
tariff determination. At this point of time,
Indian power sector was having three
laws and, many State Governments
have also come up with their own state
specific reform agendas. To avoid
inconsistencies, the Electricity Act,
2003 was enacted which repleaded all
previous laws. The Act introduced many
remarkable feats such as open access,
power trading, power exchanges and
delicensed generation. In line with the
EA2003, the National Electricity Policy
and National Tariff Policy documented the
mission and vision of the industry. Using
their inputs, Regulatory Commissions
notified various regulations viz. tariff
regulations, open access regulations,
connectivity regulations, sharing of
transmission charges regulations, trading
regulations, power market regulations,
renewable energy certificate regulations,
ancillary services regulations etc. These
regulations have been key to growth as
they provided much needed impetus to
A - 250
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
the industry. It is good to mention here
that whenever a law, policy or regulation
is notified, extensive stakeholder
consultation and public hearing are
organised beforehand. Same process
is followed for amendments. Usually,
amendments are conveyed from time to
time as per the requirement of industry.
So far, the sectoral legislations, policies
and regulations have led to satisfactory
works and in near future as well, they
will keep directing the industry towards
development. Presently, the government
is thinking towards retail competition and
had suggested amendments in Electricity
Act 2003 (Agrawal and Kothari, 2020;
Agrawal, 2020). Therefore, it is expected
that by next decade, open access will be
in reach for every category of consumer.
There competition in the industry will be
at next level which inter alia will address
the existing inefficiencies.
6. CONCLUDING REMARKS
The Indian Power Sector has been
playing a vital role for meeting key
economic objectives. With the installed
capacity of 403 GW, it is self-sufficient to
match the national demand as well as to
export the surplus power to neighbouring
countries. The gradual development
of sectoral legislations and related
policies have provided much anticipated
growth to the industry. Whether it is
Electricity Act 2003 or aligned policies,
the supreme remains in end of use of
electricity. Though electricity originates
from generating plants and travels
transmission and distribution wires
before consumption, it realises the cost
involved in reverse direction. Therefore,
consumer satisfaction becomes
significantly important and hence it is
always endorsed to deliver power on
competitive tariffs while offering best
of the services from the portfolio of
available products. Regulators, through
their regulations, have ensured secure
and affordable electricity to all on
competitive tariffs while simultaneously
protecting the interest of stakeholders.
Presently, regulators are moving ahead
to implement market for ancillary
services which will position India as one
of the advanced nations in power sector
footings. Ongoing exertion on separation
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
of carriage and content will further boost
the competition by enabling retail choice
on consumer end. Market coupling,
derivative market, ancillary services
market, over-the-counter platform,
general network access, carbon saving
certificates, South Asian transmission
grid having cross border integration with
no transmission constraint, are other few
important agendas awaiting execution,
and surely, once green signalled, they
will take us to one of the most efficient
power sector infrastructures.
REFERENCES
Alok Kumar, Sushanta Chatterjee (2012),
“Electricity Sector in India: Policy and
Regulation”, Oxford University Press
Amulya K N Reddy (2002), “Towards
a new paradigm for power sector
reform in India”, Energy for Sustainable
Development, Elsevier
Atul Agrawal (2022), “Real Time Market
(RTM) at Indian power exchanges:
Need, short term assessment
and opportunities”, Energy Policy,
Elsevier, (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
enpol.2022.112810)
Atul Agrawal (2020), “A Proposed
Framework for Introducing Retail
Competition In Indian Power Sector”,
The Electricity Journal, Elsevier (https://
doi.org/10.1016/j.tej.2020.106786)
Atul Agrawal, D P Kothari (2020), “A
Conceptual Lens for Introducing Retail
Competition in Indian Power Sector”;
Journal of Resources, Energy and
Development, TERI & IOS Press
Atul Agrawal (2019), “Amendments in
Electricity Act 2003: Where the Gap
Lies?”, Energy Policy, Elsevier, (https://
doi.org/10.1016/j.enpol.2019.06.023)
Atul Agrawal, Anil Kumar, Joji Rao
(2017), “Future of Indian Power Sector
Reforms: Electricity Amendment Bill
2014”; Energy Policy, Elsevier, (https://
doi.org/10.1016/j.enpol.2017.04.050)
Atul Agrawal, Anil Kumar & T Joji Rao,
T. (2020). 100% Rural Electrification in
India: Myth or Reality? In A. Gupta, &
N. N. Dalei, Energy, Environment and
Globalization, Springer, (https://doi.
org/10.1007/978-981-13-9310-5_6)
July 2022 37
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

AT Rajan (2000), “Power sector reform in
Orissa: an ex-post analysis of the causal
factors”, Energy Policy, Elsevier
CEA (2021), “Executive Summary
of Power Sector”, Central Electricity
Authority
CERC (2001), “Terms and conditions of
Tariff Regulations”, Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission, The Gazette of
India
CERC (2008), “Open Access in inter-
State Transmission Regulations”, Central
Electricity Regulatory Commission, The
Gazette of India
CERC (2009), “Grant of Connectivity,
Long-term Access and Medium-term
Open Access in inter-State Transmission
and related matters Regulations”, Central
Electricity Regulatory Commission, The
Gazette of India
CERC (2022), “Connectivity and General
Network Access to the inter-State
Transmission System) Regulations”,
Central Electricity Regulatory
Commission, The Gazette of India
CERC (2022), “Guidelines for Registration
and Filing Application for Establishing
and Operating Over the Counter (OTC)
Platform”, Central Electricity Regulatory
Commission, The Gazette of India
CERC (2009), “Procedure, Terms and
Conditions for grant of trading licence
and other related matters Regulations”,
Central Electricity Regulatory
Commission, The Gazette of India
CERC (2009), “Unscheduled
Interchange charges and related
matters Regulations”, Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission, The Gazette of
India
CERC (2010), “Fixation of Trading
Margin Regulations”, Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission, The Gazette of
India
CERC (2022), “Draft Indian Electricity
Grid Code Regulations”, Central
Electricity Regulatory Commission
CERC (2010), “Indian Electricity Grid
Code Regulations”, Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission, The Gazette of
India
CERC (2010), “Sharing of Inter State
Transmission Charges and Losses
Regulations”, Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission, The Gazette of
India
CERC (2010), “Terms and Conditions for
recognition and issuance of Renewable
Energy Certificate for Renewable Energy
Generation Regulations”, Central
Electricity Regulatory Commission, The
Gazette of India
CERC (2022), “Terms and Conditions for
recognition and issuance of Renewable
Energy Certificate for Renewable Energy
Generation Regulations”, Central
Electricity Regulatory Commission, The
Gazette of India
CERC (2017), “Terms and Conditions
for Tariff determination from Renewable
Energy Sources Regulations”, Central
Electricity Regulatory Commission, The
Gazette of India
CERC (2019), “Cross Border Trade
of Electricity Regulations”, Central
Electricity Regulatory Commission, The
Gazette of India
CERC (2019), “Terms and Conditions
of Tariff Regulations”, Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission, The Gazette of
India
CERC (2020), “Procedure, Terms and
Conditions for grant of trading licence
and other related matters Regulations”,
Central Electricity Regulatory
Commission, The Gazette of India
CERC (2014), “Deviation Settlement
Mechanism and Related Matters
Regulations”, Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission, The Gazette of
India
CERC (2022), “Deviation Settlement
Mechanism and Related Matters
Regulations”, Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission, The Gazette of
India
CERC (2022), “Ancillary Services
Regulations”, Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission, The Gazette of
India
CERC (2021), “Power Market
Regulations”, Central Electricity
Regulatory Commission, The Gazette of
India
MoP (2003), “The Electricity Act 2003”,
Ministry of Power, The Gazette of India
R Rejikumar (2005), “National electricity
policy and plan: A critical examination”,
Economic and Political Weekly, JSTOR
Ruchi Tyagi, Atul Agrawal, Shaikh
Samsher Ali (2018), “Indian Renewable
Energy Act 2015: A Step Towards
Reducing Carbon Footprint”, Indian
Journal of Power & River Valley
Development
Rudra Rameshwar, Rajat Agrawal,
Mukesh Kumar Pathak (2010),
“Process improvement in distribution
for reorganization of a state electricity
board”, International Energy Journal
S Narayan (2002), “National Thermal
Power Corporation: Power in Public
Enterprises”, The Political Economy of
State-owned Enterprises in China and
India, Springer
S S Chandel, Rajnish Shrivastva,
Vikrant Sharma, P. Ramasamy (2016).
“Overview of the initiatives in renewable
energy sector under the national action
plan on climate change in India”,
Renewable and Sustainable Energy
Reviews, Elsevier
Umesh Kumar Shukla, Ashok Thampy
(2011), “Analysis of competition and
market power in the wholesale electricity
market in India”, Energy Policy, India
Abbreviations
ABT Availability Based Tariff
APDRP Accelerated Power
Development and Reforms
Programme
CEA Central Electricity Authority
CERC Central Electricity Regulatory
Commission
CMNPP Common Minimum National
Action Plan for Power
CTU Central Transmission Utility
DISCOMs Distribution Companies
EA 2003 Electricity Act 2003
EAA 2018 Electricity Amendment Act
2018

38 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 250

 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

EAB 2014 Electricity Amendment Bill NPTC National Power Transmission Biographical Details of
2014 Corporation the Author
ERCA 1998 Electricity Regulatory NTP National Tariff Policy Dr. Atul Agrawal is an optimist and
Commission Act 1998 NTPC National Thermal Power self-motivated energy professional
ESA 1948 Electricity Supply Act Corporation focused on regulatory and policy
framework of power sector. Atul holds
GNA General Network Access OTC Over the Counter
a MBA (Power Management) and PhD
GW Giga Watt PMR Power Market Regulations (Power Management) from University
Hz Hertz REBs Regional Electricity Boards of Petroleum & Energy Studies, and
IEA 1910 Indian Electricity Act 1910 RECs Renewable Energy a B.Tech (Computer Science) from
Certificates Rajasthan Technical University. He is
ISTS Inter-state Transmission
an active researcher with significant
System RLDC Regional Load Despatch number of publications across various
kWh Kilo Watt Hour Centre journals and conferences of international
LTOA Long Term Open Access RPO Renewable Purchase repute. Elsevier has honored him with
Obligations Outstanding Reviewer Award for his
MTOA Medium Term Open Access
SAARC South Asian Association for exceptional contribution in reviewing
MW Mega Watt papers for Energy Policy. Presently he is
Regional Cooperation
NEEPCO North Eastern Electric Power working as a Research Officer at Central
SEBs State Electricity Board
Corporation Electricity Regulatory Commission,
SLDC State Load Despatch Centre India.
NELP National Electricity Plan
Solar PV Solar Photovoltaic
NEP National Electricity Policy
STOA Short Term Open Access
NHPC National Hydroelectric Power
Corporation STU State Transmission Utility
NLDC National Load Despatch UI Unscheduled Interchange
Centre

your feedback will Help us to improve the

water & energy International Journal
(Please send your feedback/query to feedback@cbip.org)
• The Water & Energy International monthly journal has been introduced with an objective to
facilitate the readers getting quickly the latest information with respect to development in these
areas.
• The new journal regularly covers special features on development activities in three important
sectors i.e., Water Resources, Power and Renewable Energy and Allied Sectors.
• CBIP will be too pleased to get feed back from its members/other professionals. This will help
in accentuating its value additions and also help in disseminating of knowledge to its readers
in a better manner.

A - 250 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 39

w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Wind Energy Policies in India and the Way Ahead

Divik Kandpal1 Dr. Anil Kumar2 Dr. Tarun Dhingra3

ABSTRACT
Favourable policies and fiscal incentives like Accelerated Depreciation, Generation Based Incentives, RPOs, Wheeling
and Banking polices have driven the India’s wind energy sector to become 4th largest wind energy producer in the
world with an installed capacity of 40. 35 GW GB of as on 31 Mar 2022. Indian government has stated goal of 450GW
of Renewable Energy by 2030 out which 140GW is of wind energy. Introduction of reverse auctions and subsequently
COVID-19 has slowed down the sector and Wind Power Developers today face major challenges of land acquisition,
power transmission and evacuation infrastructure. Offshore wind energy projects are yet to take off, however wind solar
hybrid project auctions have become competitive. Through this paper an attempt has been made to highlight all the
central and state government policies and fiscal incentives which have driven the growth of wind energy in India, barriers
and challenges the sector faces and the way ahead.
Keywords : Wind Energy India, Renewable Energy, Wind Energy Policy

1. INTRODUCTION
As part of fulfilment of commitment as
per Paris Agreement 2016, India intends
to reduce “Green House Gas” (GHG)
by 33-35% by 2030 with respect to
2005 emission levels . For this purpose
energy transition from conventional to
non-conventional is one of the major
steps for reducing CO2 emission ,
where India is planning to have 450 GW
Installed capacity of Renewable Energy
(RE) by 2030 excluding big Hydro-
Power Plants Out of which target for
solar is of 280 GW, Wind is of 140GW
of, 10GW of Small Hydro and 20GW of
Biomass based plants. Recently we have
crossed 100 GW of Renewable Energy
Installed Capacity just before our last
Independence Day 2021.
Wind energy is the second fastest
growing renewable energy source in
India. With an installed capacity of 40.
35 GW GW(PIB, 2021), it constitutes
about 40% of the country’s installed
renewable power capacity and is 4th
in the world in terms of Wind Energy
Capacity. Though wind energy has
come up a long way but still there is a
vast and untapped potential of 302 GW.
Wind energy in India has grown primarily
with the support of fiscal incentives
and favourable policy mechanisms of
central government mainly Accelerated
Depreciation(AD) and Generation Based
Incentives(GBI) and state level favorable
policies like Wheeling, Banking, Inter
State Transmission Charges, Third Party
Sales and preferential Feed in Tariffs
(FiT). However, the sector has seen
lot of challenges in last two decades
due to amendments, stoppage and re-
introduction of these central level policies
and incentives as well as wide variation
of policies and incentives among states.
Further, the introduction of reverse auction
mechanism for wind energy projects in
2016-17, subsuming all existing policies
and incentives, has been a major change
in the sector and post that there has
been a steep fall in annual capacity
addition (Kandpal & Dhingra, 2021). All
this makes it necessary to study in detail
all the policies related to wind energy in
India. The research question defined in
the paper is as below:-
What are the policies which have led
to the growth of Wind Energy Sector
in India and what are the challenges
faced by wind energy sector in India?
This paper provides an overview of the
entire history of wind energy sector in
India along with details and status of
polices which led to the development
of the sector and the way ahead by
studying the existing literature available
by following systematic literature review
as methodology. As there is only limited
literature available on the subject,
therefore the authors had to rely on the
grey literature including news reports and
websites. This study attempts to bring
together and give structure to the varied
literature available
The paper is divided into eight sections.
Section 2 of this paper brings out the
Background and Evolution of Wind Energy

1. Research Scholar, University of Petroleum and Energy Studies (UPES), Dehradun – 248007, Uttarakhand
2. Professor Energy Management, University of Petroleum and Energy Studies (UPES), Dehradun – 248007, Uttarakhand
3. Professor, Fortune Institute of International Business, New Delhi-110010

40 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 251


Sector in India .Section 3 describes in
detail all the central government policies
of Accelerated Depreciation (AD) and
Generation Based Incentives as well
as State government level policies for
development of wind energy. In Section
4 e-reverse wind auction mechanism for
wind energy projects has been described
.Off-shore wind energy policy and current
status is discussed in Section 5 .Section
6 brings out the wind solar hybrid policy
and its current status. Section 7 brings
out the Challenges and finally the way
ahead and conclusion is in section 8.
2. BACKGROUND AND
EVOLUTION OF WIND
ENERGY SECTOR IN INDIA
The wind energy was used in India for the
first time in the 1950s for pumping water
for domestic and irrigation use. Council
for Scientific and Industrial Research
(CSIR) established a wind power sub-
committee in 1952 to investigate the
available resources which can be used
for the development of wind energy as
well as to study the economic possibilities
of wind energy. In 1981, the Commission
for Additional Sources of Energy (CASE)
was established by government to give
impetus to RE, which was effectively the
beginning of wind energy programme in
the country. CASE was later converted
into the Department of Non-Conventional
Energy Sources (DNES) in 1982(Sharma
& Sinha, n.d.). This period primarily
involved wind resource assessment and
setting up of demonstration projects. A
wind resource assessment programme
covering 25 states with over 600 stations
to monitor and map the wind resources
across the country was started by the
government in 1982 (Jagadeesh, 2000).
It was in 1985 in Veraval, Gujarat, the
first wind project in the form of a 40 KW
machine connected to a grid was set up in
India. The project established the technical
viability of operating wind turbines in the
grid-connected mode in India.
Later in 1988, Horizontal-Axis Wind
Turbines (HAWTs) in the rating range of
18.5- 100 KW was successfully set up and
operated at five locations in India, which
further established the viability of grid
connected wind farms in India(Sinha, C.
S., Kandpal, 1990). A full-fledged Ministry
A - 251
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
of Non-Conventional Energy Sources
(MNES) was established in 1992. The
sector was liberalized for private sector
participation in 1992 and it slowly grew with
the support of several fiscal incentives
and tax benefits like accelerated
depreciation (AD), preferential feed-in
tariffs (FiTs), custom and excise duty
reliefs. MNES was renamed the Ministry
of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE)
in 2006 (Purohit & Purohit, 2009). 100%
AD on wind-power equipment was the
most attractive financial incentive in the
1990s (Rajsekhar, Van Hulle, & Jansen,
1999) . It was changed to 80% in 2002.
As the AD provision was not available to
foreign direct investors (FDI), therefore
to increase the investor base and
reward generation, , generation-based
incentives (GBI) scheme was started
by the central Government in 2009.To
support solar, wind, and other renewable
energy sources, renewable purchase
obligations (RPOs), i.e., to meet a certain
percentage of their electricity requirement
from renewable energy sources, were
made mandatory on certain entities like
power distribution companies, captive
power plants, and other large electricity
consumers by Electricity Act of 2003. In
2010, the Indian Government launched
renewable energy certificates (REC) ,
through which obligated entities could
purchase wind REC to meet the RPO
instead of purchasing renewable power.
One wind REC(non-solar) has been
equated with 1 MWh of wind energy
generated (Kar & Sharma, 2015).
However, India’s RPO policy has not
been implemented in a significant way.
In 2016, Indian government migrated
to e-reverse auction mechanism for
allocation of wind projects , with SECI
being the nodal agency for the same.
Along with the introduction of auction
incentive of GBI was removed and AD
has been reduced to 40% . Wind energy
auctions have since then are happening
on regular basis with tariffs touching as
low as Rs 2.44 /KWH (Kandpal & Dhingra,
2021).
3. WIND ENERGY –
INCENTIVES, SCHEMES
AND POLICIES
The development and growth has been
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
driven by both central and state level
policies. The same have been discussed
in succeeding paragraphs
3.1 Central Government
Policies – AD and GBI
3.1.1 Accelerated Depreciation
(AD)
AD scheme was launched in 1994 and
was applicable for all renewable energy
technologies, including wind, biomass
and small hydro. AD is a tax-saving
scheme and as an accounting concept, it
increases the depreciation on the assets
during the initial years of the useful life.
This enables asset owners to write off
more of the value of the asset during
the initial years of ownership and thus
reducing the taxable income to a greater
extent. It does not directly provide any
financial assistance to wind power project
developers but by reducing tax liability
in the early years of a useful life period
increases profits in the near term and
benefit in terms of the net present value
(NPV) of a project. The wind industry
has been the primary beneficiary of
the scheme and it facilitated the entry
of a new class of investors comprised
of high net worth individuals (HNIs),
corporations, and small and medium
sized enterprises(Sud, Sharma, Sharma,
& Kitson, 2015).The major issue with
AD scheme was that it didn’t incentivize
performance as it was based on capacity
addition and not on performance of the
projects. This resulted in below potential
overall generation, inefficient installations
occupying best windy sites and also
developers didn’t invest in technology
development to increase efficiency.
In addition there was no monitoring
mechanism to assess the performance of
wind energy plants and penalising poor
performance. Also the policy was not
applicable for foreign investors and thus
there was no way to encourage foreign
investment in the sector (Sud et al., 2015).
The scheme was appropriate for the early
stages of wind power development when
the technology was less mature and more
uncertain. However, investors misutilized
the scheme as most wind-power plant
investment decisions were taken at short
notice with a single aim of availing tax
breaks. This resulted in hasty wind-power
July 2022 41
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
plant installations leading to compromise
in quality and performance and blocking
of windy sites with ineffective wind
installations. This resulted in the first AD
changing to 80% in 2002 and its complete
withdrawal on 01 April 2012. The AD
scheme was reintroduced in 2014, but
the depreciation rates have been reduced
to 40% for projects commissioned after
March 2017(CRISIL, 2017; IRENA-
GWEC, 2012; Rajsekhar et al., 1999).
3.1.2 GBI (Generation Based
Incentives)
AD was not applicable for foreign direct
investors (FDI), thus to broaden the
investment base through entry of large
independent power producers (IPPs) and
attract foreign direct investment (FDI)
as well as to reward generation, boost
capacity addition and promote efficiency
in installations , the central Government
introduced the Generation Based
Incentive (GBI) scheme in December
2009. The scheme provided an incentive
of Rs. 0.50 per KWh of generation for a
period of 4 to 10 years, with a cap of Rs.
100 lakhs per MW (CRISIL, 2016). The
period between 2009 to 2011, investors
had the option of either choosing GBI or
AD based on their suitability. This was
the golden period for investors and it
led to a doubling of annual installations.
However in 2012, both AD and GBI were
removed, which resulted in a 50% drop
in capacity additions. The scheme was
reintroduced in April 2013 (Bayar, 2013).
Subsequently, post the introduction of
e-reverse auction mechanism, GBI has
been removed entirely from 2017.
The GBI scheme was launched when the
sector was struggling with poor efficiency
levels . The scheme not only successfully
addressed the issue but also ensured
increase in investments. It overcame
the drawbacks of the AD scheme. The
percentage of GBI-based projects in the
overall wind projects increased from 3%
in 2010-11 to 30% in 2015-16 (CRISIL,
2016).
3.1.3 Income Tax Holiday
Developers of wind power projects were
exempt from paying corporate tax for 10
years under Section 80 IA of the Income
Tax Act till March 31, 2017 (CRISIL, 2016).
42 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
3.1.4 Concessional Customs
Duty
The government provided duty exemption
on certain wind-related equipment parts in
the form of concessional rates of duties/
taxes, such as customs duty, excise duty,
central sales tax and general sales tax
(CRISIL, 2016).
3.1.5 Renewable Purchase
Obligation
Renewable purchase obligation (RPO)
were made mandatory by Electricity
Act of 2003 and National Tariff Policy
2006(MNRE, n.d.). It requires that utilities
purchase a certain percentage of their
overall power purchase from renewable
energy sources. RPOs are categorized
as Solar and Non Solar RPO with
percentage specified by MNRE (MNRE,
2022). Inspite of being mandated since
long, due to poor enforcement of RPOs,
especially non-solar, the mechanism
could not be effectively implemented
(Bayar, 2013). Considering these issue,
in 2018, RPO Monitoring Cell was set up
by MNRE to ensure stricter enforcement
of RPOs(Vartika, 2018) .
3.1.6 Renewable Energy
Certificates
Renewable Energy Certificate (REC)
mechanism was launched in 2010 with
an aim to address the mismatch between
availability of renewable sources and
requirement of the obligated entities to
meet their RPOs. Under this mechanism,
entities can purchase wind REC to
meet the RPO instead of purchasing
renewable power. One wind REC(non-
solar) was equated with 1 MWh of wind
energy generated (Kar & Sharma, 2015).
The National Load Dispatch Centre is
the central agency for implementation of
RECs(CRISIL, 2016).
3.2. State Level Policies
At the state level also several policies
like preferential Feed-in Tariffs (FiT),
wheeling charges, banking, third party
sale and open access transmission
have been framed to attract wind energy
investments in respective states. These
policies and incentives vary from state to
state.
July 2022
3.2.1 Feed in Tariff
Based on the tentative cost of generation,
considering the annual escalation for
entire plant life etc. State utilities calculate
a levelized tariff i.e. FiT. This is the fixed
rate at which an operator sells electricity,
produced using wind power. Long-term
contracts with wind energy producers are
made based on FiT (Jethani, 2016; Panse
and Kathuria, 2016). FiTs have varied from
state to state and have ranged from as
high as Rs 5.92/MW to a minimum of Rs
3.52/MW. States with lower wind density
like Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, and
Maharashtra had higher FiTs than that of
resource rich states like Tamil Nadu and
Gujarat (Kar & Sharma, 2015).
3.2.2 Wheeling
Wheeling charge is the cost incurred by
the producer to transmit energy to the
designated utility and is expressed in
terms of percentage to the total energy
transmitted. These are paid to the
distribution company (discom) by the WPD
for using its transmission infrastructure
to transmit power from project locations
to power purchasing entities. Wheeling
charges varied from 2 percent in Madhya
Pradesh and Maharashtra, to 7% in
Rajasthan.
3.2.3 Banking
Through this facility, WPDs utilize
their excess generation and feed the
electricity generated by their wind mills
into the state grid and later draw the
power for captive use within the banking
period(Vijayakumar, 2020). WPDs can
this banked power at their convenience
any time within next 12 months or as per
state policy ,by taking it from grid. There
has been a huge variation with respect
to energy banking policies, with some
States allowing banking throughout the
year without restriction on the quantity of
power that can be banked where as some
states placing a restriction on the quantity
and the duration for which the energy can
be banked and some states do not allow
energy banking. The percentage of total
wind energy fed to the grid allowed for
banking also varies from state to state,
e.g., Tamil Nadu allows 5 percent and
Karnataka 2 percent of the energy to be
banked (Panse & Kathuria, 2016).
A - 251

3.2.4 Other Incentives
In addition, several other minor
incentives at the national and state level
have led to the gradual development of
wind energy in India. Maharashtra gives
a capital subsidy of 11 percent for wind
energy projects, and Rajasthan provides
soft loans at low-interest rates equal to
one-third of the capital cost of projects
(Kar & Sharma, 2015).
4. E-REVERSE WIND
AUCTIONS
With about 5.5 GW of installations ,wind
capacity addition peaked in 2016-17,
(Jhawar, 2021). However, in a significant
policy change, India migrated to reverse
auctions for wind energy in 2016. The
first wind energy auction was conducted
in Feb 2017 by Solar Energy Corporation
of India (SECI), in which a tariff of Rs
3.46/kWh was achieved. The following
auction conducted was by the state of
Gujarat in December’17 for 500 MW in
which the lowest tariff till the date of INR
2.43/kWh was discovered. Currently,
SECI, along with auctions by Gujarat,
Tamil Nadu, Maharashtra, and NTPC.
The tariffs have settled in the range of
INR 2.77 to 2.82/kWh, with the lowest
touching at Rs 2.43/kWh
Request for Selection (RfS) for the first
project through auction mechanism was
issued on 28.10.2016 and the e-reverse
auction was carried out on 23.2.2017 in
which a final tariff of Rs 3.46/KWh was
achieved. SECI, designated as the nodal
agency for conducting these auctions, is
responsible for signing PPAs with WPDs
and further selling of power to concerned
state utilities. Competitive bidding
conducted by SECI follows the reverse
auction process. In the projects allocated
through auction mechanism, the WPDs
are responsible for identifying land,
taking it on lease, taking forest clearance
certificate and any other clearances from
respective state governments along with
getting transmission connectivity to the
grid. They are likewise responsible for
supporting the technical feasibility of
connectivity for the project from the state
or central transmission utility. The PPA
period for all projects is 25 years from
the date of scheduled commissioning.
A - 251
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
The state power utilities are required 7. CURRENT STATUS AND
to provide a revolving letter of credit or CHALLENGES TO THE
state government guarantee as payment DEVELOPMENT OF WIND
security to the WPD. All projects are ENERGY IN INDIA
required to be commissioned within 18
At present with an installed wind energy
months and attain financial closure within
capacity of 40. 35 GW as of 31 Mar
7 months of the PPA execution(Kandpal
2022, India is fourth in the world in
& Dhingra, 2021; Prateek, 2017).
wind energy. Tamil Nadu, with total
5. NATIONAL OFFSHORE installations of 9866.36 MW leads in
the country and is followed by Gujarat
WIND ENERGY POLICY
(9209.22 MW)(Indian Wind Turbine
Government-issued the “National
Manufactures Association, 2022).
Offshore Wind Energy Policy” in 2015
Other wind rich states are Rajasthan
to harness the140 GW Offshore wind
, Maharashtra, Andhra Pardesh and
energy potential. MNRE has been made
Madhya Pardesh. As at present all wind
the nodal agency for the development
projects are being awarded by e-reverse
and overall monitoring of offshore
auction mechanism. In case of pure
wind energy development in India, The
wind projects, till now eleven tranches
resource assessment, surveys and
of auctions have been held and price
studies including demarcating blocks and
discovery of as low as 2.44/unit was
facilitating developers is responsibility
achieved (Kandpal & Dhingra, 2021).
of the National Institute of Wind Energy
In the latest 1200 MW auction held in
(NIWE), Chennai. However, no major
September 2021, tariff of Rs 2.69/unit
progress has happened. An expression
was achieved with Adani and ReNew
of Interest for 1 GW capacity project
power winning largest capacities (Ranjan,
along the coastline in Gujarat was
2021a). In wind-solar hybrid systems ,
issued wherein thirty five international
till now four tranches of auctions have
and Indian developers participated
been held so far and in the Tranche-IV
however, project is yet to take off. The
auction of 1200 MW solar-wind hybrid
Government has set a target of 30 GW
project held in Aug 2021 tariff as low as
of offshore wind installations by 2030
Rs 2.34/unit was discovered (Duggal,
(Deshpande, 2021; Dhingra, Sengar, &
2021).
Sajith, 2022; Kar, 2016; MNRE, 2018b).
With an initial aim of 5 GW of Offshore
6. NATIONAL WIND SOLAR Wind Energy capacity by 2022, an
HYBRID POLICY expression of interest (EoI) for India’s
first offshore wind energy project of 1
To harness the potential of Wind Solar
GW capacity off the in Gulf of Khambhat
Hybrid systems, National Wind-Solar
along the coast of Gujarat was issued by
Hybrid Policy was issued by government
NIWE in 2018. Thirty-five International
in 2018 which provides a framework for
and Indian developers participated in
the promotion of large grid-connected
the EoI (Kar, 2016; MNRE, 2018b),
wind-solar PV hybrid systems. As per
however due to various challenges the
the policy a project is deemed as hybrid
project is yet to take-off (Deshpande,
project, if the rated power capacity of
2021; Dhingra et al., 2022). Tamil Nadu
either solar or wind is at least 25% of
government is also presently in talks
the rated power capacity of the other
with Denmark for India’s first offshore
resource. Tenders have been issued by
floating wind park in the Gulf of Mannar
SECI for wind-solar hybrid projects and
(Deshpande, 2021).
bids comparable to plain solar and wind
tenders have been received. India’s total Indian wind energy sector has been
primarily driven by fiscal incentives and
wind-solar hybrid capacity is expected to
reach 11.7 GW by 2023 (CRISIL, 2020; supporting policies, however sudden
migration to reverse auction mechanism
Gulia & Garg, 2020; MNRE, 2018a;
Ranjan, 2021b; Sengupta & Mehta, in 2016-17 has completely disrupted
the system and the industry is yet to
2019) .
stabilize.Further Covid-19 impacted the
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 43
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
India’s wind energy market severely as
only 1.1 GW capacity was installed out
of the 3.3 GW originally forecasted for
2020 (Deshpande, 2021).
One of the major challenge faced
by Wind Power Developers is the
inadequate power evacuation and
transmission infrastructure. As most
of the Wind Power Developers opt for
best windy sites in wind rich states only
using the free Inter State Transmission
System (ISTS) Connectivity Scheme, the
corresponding availability evacuation
and transmission infrastructure is not
comparable and requires simultaneous
development (Kandpal & Dhingra, 2021;
Mishra, 2018). The other major challenge
is the availability and acquisition of
land. Land being state subject , WPDs
face hurdle in purchase / lease of land
as multiple state level agencies are
involved in giving clearances and No
Objection Certificates , in addition in
many cases ownership pattern is not
clear as land records are not digitized . To
purchase private land, Non-Agricultural
(NA) use permit has to be taken from
the government .Some states have also
imposed land ceilings which adversely
affects the project planning and land
acquisition. In addition, Windy sites
are limited and all project developers
want to set up projects in Gujarat and
Tamil Nadu, leading to land availability
challenges. There have also been
cases wherein best windy land parcels
have been reserved for state level wind
auctions winners and not for the WPDs
which have been allocated projects
through SECI (Chandrasekaran, 2018;
Kandpal & Dhingra, 2021; “Wind Energy
Land Acquisition Challenges and
Solutions,” 2018) .
Another major challenge faced by WPDs
is the poor financial state of all state
Discoms. As most the state discoms
are debt ridden , which results in their
limited power purchase through RE,
not fulfilling their RPO obligations and
delay in payment of dues to WPDs
which overall impacts the financial
position of WPDs (Kandpal & Dhingra,
2021; Sood, Bhansali, & Rao, 2019).
In addition , in some states like Andhra
Pradesh there has been cases of state
government trying to renegotiating tariffs
44 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
based on old contracts ,which overall
leads to overall lowering of investor
sentiment(Chandrasekaran, 2019;
Singh, 2019).
With the introduction of auctions and
tariffs touching as low as Rs 2.44/KWH
and stabilizing at around Rs 2.70 /
KWH, margins of original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs) and WPDs has
reduced considerably. There are also
concerns on viability of such low bids
and is difficult for smaller developers
to be competitive and are likely to
move out . Limited availability of debt
financing and increase in interest rates
is also a significant challenge for WPDs
(“Achieving 60GW,” 2018; Kandpal &
Dhingra, 2021). Offshore Wind Energy
in India not taking off in India as it is a
very expensive technology requiring
heavy initial capital investment. In
addition , there are lack of servicing
and maintenance facilities and supply
chain related challenges (Dhingra et al.,
2022)
8. THE WAY AHEAD AND
CONCLUSION
India has a huge Wind energy potential
of 302 GW and government has
accordingly put an ambitious target
of achieving 140 GW by 2030. But to
achieve this aim government has to
address the challenges which sector is
facing on priority. Land acquisition related
problems can be resolved by having
proper coordination between central and
state government agencies , location
specific auctions can also be conducted
where windy sites are pre-identified and
regulatory permissions and clearances
are already in available. Government
needs to upgrade and create evacuation
and Transmission infrastructure at a
faster pace and at present, WPDs should
also plan their projects based on grid and
transmission infrastructure availability.
Discoms need to be overhauled with
structural changes, revenue gaps need
to be removed with better management,
gradual tariff increases should be carried
out .Discoms should be encouraged to
support renewable energy procurement
and fulfilling their RPO mandates by
adequately incentivizing them. More
coordination should be done between
July 2022
central and state governments to ensure
existing PPAs are honoured. Central
government funds under UDAY should
not be released to discoms which are not
honouring the PPAs(“Achieving 60GW,”
2018; Kandpal & Dhingra, 2021).
The offshore wind potential of India is
much higher than that of Onshore wind
energy and the sector requires special
emphasis in terms of providing special
incentives ,ease of funding , assured FiT
based procurement as well as a clear
framework for planning and delivering
grid infrastructure(Deshpande, 2021;
Dhingra et al., 2022; Mani, S., Dhingra,
2013) . With green hydrogen gaining
importance, one of the ways to promote
offshore wind energy is to integrate it
with green hydrogen generation .Special
green hydrogen generation plants can be
planned in near vicinity of the proposed
offshore wind energy projects .This will
not only provide captive power to green
hydrogen plants but also will solve the
power evacuation and transmission
challenge associated with Offshore wind
energy.
The wind energy sector in India
is undergoing a transition, it got
destabilized due to sudden introduction
of auctions and further due to COVID-9
pandemic. Slowly sector is regaining the
growth. The government has moved into
wind-solar hybrid project auctions, which
have been successful in getting desired
capacity and tariff and there is a further
requirement to increase and create
additional capacity by encouraging states
to float more tenders. Thus with right
supporting policy mix and by addressing
the challenges faced by the sector with
alacrity, India will be able to achieve its
goal of 140 GW of wind energy capacity
by 2030 and further move in the direction
of realizing its overall estimated potential
of 302 GW in future.
Bibiliography
Achieving 60GW. (2018). Retrieved
August 19, 2020, from Renewable
Watch website: https://renewablewatch.
in/2018/09/27/achieving-60-gw/
Bayar, T. (2013). Relief for India’s Wind
Industry as GBI Returns. Renewable
Energy World. Retrieved from https://
A - 251

www.renewableenergyworld.com/
articles/print/volume-16/issue-2/wind-
power/relief-for-indias-wind-industry-as-
gbi-returns.html
Chandrasekaran, K. (2018). No land
for wind projects as Solar Corporation
of India demands financial closure.
Retrieved March 10, 2020, from Economic
Times website: https://economictimes.
indiatimes.com/industry/energy/
power/no-land-for-wind-projects-as-
solar-corporation-of-india-demands-
financial-closure/articleshow/67295961.
cms?from=mdr
Chandrasekaran, K. (2019). ReNew
Power Moves HC over connectivity
denial to wind projects. Retrieved
from Economic Times website: https://
economictimes.indiatimes.com/industry/
energy/power/renew-power-moves-hc-
objecting-to-disconnection-of-part-of-its-
capacity/articleshow/71193790.cms
CRISIL. (2016). Evaluation of
Generation Based Incentive scheme
for wind. Retrieved from http://
www.indiaenvironmentportal.org.
in/content/438251/evaluation-of-
generation-based-incentives-scheme-
for-wind-power-projects/
CRISIL. (2017). Competitive bidding
set to transform wind power market.
Retrieved from https://www.crisil.com/
content/dam/crisil/our-analysis/views-
and-commentaries/insights/CRISIL-
Research-Insights-Competitive-bidding-
a-blow-for-wind-power-sector-may2017.
pdf
CRISIL. (2020). Wind-solar hybrid is
India’s new power couple. Retrieved April
6, 2022, from CRISIL website: https://
www.crisil.com/en/home/newsroom/
press-releases/2020/06/wind-solar-
hybrid-is-indias-new-power-couple.
html#
Deshpande, T. (2021). High cost,
challenges: Why offshore wind energy
potential remains untapped. Retrieved
April 9, 2022, from Business Standard
website: https://www.business-standard.
com/article/economy-policy/why-india-
s-offshore-wind-energy-potential-
remains-untapped-121112900180_1.
html
A - 251
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
Dhingra, T., Sengar, A., & Sajith, S. doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
(2022). A fuzzy analytic hierarchy enpol.2021.112352
process-based analysis for prioritization
Kar, S. K. (2016). A Short Review of
of barriers to offshore wind energy.
Wind Energy Progress in India. Current
Journal of Cleaner Production,
Sustainable/Renewable Energy Reports,
345(February), 131111. https://doi.
3(3–4), 92–100. https://doi.org/10.1007/
org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.131111
s40518-016-0053-1
Duggal, S. (2021). SECI Discovers
Kar, S. K., & Sharma, A. (2015). Wind
Rs 2.34 Price In 1200 MW Solar Wind
power developments in India. Renewable
Hybrid Auction. Retrieved from Saur
and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 48(C),
Energy International website: https://
264–275. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
www.saurenergy.com/solar-energy-
rser.2015.03.095
news/seci-discovers-rs-2-34-price-in-
1200-mw-solar-wind-hybrid-auction Mani, S., Dhingra, T. (2013). Policies to
Accelerate the Growth of Offshore Wind
Gulia, J., & Garg, V. (2020). Wind-
Energy Sector in India. Renewable
Solar Hybrid : India ’ s Next Wave
and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 24,
of Renewable Energy Growth :An
473–482. https://doi.org/https://doi.
Analysis of Tariff Trends , Policy and
org/10.1016/j.rser.2013.03.065
Regulation , and Challenges in a New
Market. Retrieved from https://ieefa. Mishra, S. . (2018). Resolving
org/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/Wind- transmission issues. Retrieved March
Solar-Hybrid-Indias-Next-Wave-of- 10, 2020, from RenewableWatch
Renewable-Growth_October-2020.pdf website: https://renewablewatch.
in/2018/09/26/views-secis-shailesh-
Indian Wind Turbine Manufactures
kumar-mishra/ MNRE. (n.d.). RPO.
Association. (2022). WIND POWER
Retrieved from National Portal for
INSTALLATIONS FROM APRIL 2021 TO
RPO website: https://rpo.gov.in/Home/
March 2022 (MW). Retrieved April 15,
Objective#:~:text=Under Section 86(1)
2022, from https://www.indianwindpower.
(,of the total consumption of MNRE.
com/pdf/Statewise-Monthwise-Wind-
(2018a). National Wind-Solar Hybrid
Power-Installations-2021-22.pdf
Policy. Retrieved from https://mnre.gov.
IRENA-GWEC. (2012). 30 Years of in/sites/default/files/webform/notices/
Policies for Wind Energy Lessons National-Wind-Solar-Hybrid-Policy.pdf
from 12 Wind Energy Markets.
MNRE. (2018b). Offshore Wind.
Retrieved from https://www.irena.org/
Retrieved from https://mnre.gov.in/wind/
documentdownloads/publications/
offshore-wind/ MNRE. (2022). NATIONAL
irena_gwec_windreport_full.pdf
PORTAL FOR (RPO). Retrieved from
Jagadeesh, A. (2000). Wind energy https://rpo.gov.in/Home/About
development in Tamil Nadu and Andhra
Panse, R., & Kathuria, V. (2016). Role
Pradesh, India institutional dynamics and
of policy in deployment of wind energy:
barriers - a case study. Energy Policy,
Evidence across states of India.
28(3), 157–168. https://doi.org/10.1016/
Renewable and Sustainable Energy
S0301-4215(00)00007-0
Reviews, 53, 422–432. https://doi.
Jhawar, P. (2021). Renewable energy: org/10.1016/j.rser.2015.08.056
India’s wind power sector is in a downward
PIB. (2021). No Title. Retrieved from
spiral. Retrieved from Down to Earth
https://pib.gov.in/PressReleasePage.
website: https://www.downtoearth.org.
aspx?PRID=1785808
in/blog/energy/renewable-energy-india-
s-wind-power-sector-is-in-a-downward- Prateek, S. (2017). Ministry of Power
spiral-69251 Issues Final Competitive Bidding
Guidelines for Wind Projects. Retrieved
Kandpal, D., & Dhingra, T. (2021).
March 13, 2020, from Mercom India
Migrating to reverse Auction mechanisms
website: https://mercomindia.com/
in wind energy sector: Status and
competitive-bidding-guidelines-wind-
challenges. Energy Policy, 156. https://
projects/
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 45
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
Purohit, I., & Purohit, P. (2009). Wind
energy in India: Status and future
prospects. Journal of Renewable and
Sustainable Energy, 1(4), 042701.
https://doi.org/10.1063/1.3156003
Rajsekhar, B., Van Hulle, F., & Jansen,
J. C. (1999). Indian wind energy
programme: Performance and future
directions. Energy Policy, 27(11), 669–
678. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0301-
4215(99)00031-2
Ranjan, R. (2021a). Adani and ReNew
Power Win the Largest Capacities in
SECI’s 1.2 GW Wind Auction. Retrieved
from Mercom India website: https://
mercomindia.com/adani-renew-power-
win-seci-wind-auction/
Ranjan, R. (2021b). Why India needs
more wind solar hybrid projects.
Retrieved April 7, 2022, from Mercom
India website: https://mercomindia.com/
india-solar-wind-hybrid-projects/
Sengupta, S., & Mehta, K. (2019).
Renewable hybrid energy systems as a
game changer in India. Retrieved April
7, 2022, from Mckinsey Sustainability
website: https://www.mckinsey.com/
46 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
business-functions/sustainability/our-
insights/sustainability-blog/renewable-
hybrid-energy-systems-as-a-game-
changer-in-india
Sharma, S., & Sinha, S. (n.d.). Indian
wind energy & its development-policies-
barriers: An overview. Environmental
and Sustainability Indicators.
Singh, K. (2019). How wind power
developers are losing out to red tape
in India? Retrieved March 15, 2020,
from Quartz India website: https://
qz.com/india/1722491/how-wind-power-
developers-are-losing-out-to-red-tape-
in-india/
Sinha, C. S., Kandpal, T. C. (1990).
Economics of wind-farm power
generation in India. Energy Sources,
12(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/https://doi.
org/10.1080/00908319008960179
Sood, G., Bhansali, A., & Rao, P. (2019).
India wind energy auctions – The
way forward. International Journal of
Innovative Technology and Exploring
Engineering, 8(12), 578–585. https://doi.
org/10.35940/ijitee.L3462.1081219
Sud, T., Sharma, R., Sharma, R., &
Kitson, L. (2015). Case Study: India’s
Cleaner Energy for
a Cleaner World
July 2022
Accelerated Depreciation Policy for
Wind Energy.
Vartika. (2018). MNRE Creates RPO
Compliance Cell. Retrieved from Clean
Future website: http://www.cleanfuture.
co.in/2018/05/29/mnre-creates-rpo-
compliance-cell/
Vijayakumar, S. (2020). TN Electricity
Regulatory Commission decides to
continue existing norms for banking
wind energy. The Hindu. Retrieved
from https://www.thehindu.com/news/
national/tamil-nadu/tn-electricity-
regulatory-commission-decides-to-
continue-existing-norms-for-banking-
wind-energy/article32803214.
ece#:~:text=The banking facility allows
captive,use within the banking period.
Wind Energy Land Acquisition
Challenges and Solutions. (2018).
Retrieved March 20, 2020, from
Skeiron Projects website: https://www.
smartcitiesindia.com/images/photo-
gallery-2018/presentations/HALL B/
Day-2/11.45-13.15/Dilbag Sharma/
Wind Energy_Land Procurement
Challenges and Solutions_Solar Expo
PPT_24052018.pdf
A - 251
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Water and Energy Efficiency in Indian Steel Industry

Aruna Jha1 Prof. Vijita S. Aggarwal2 Manoj K. Aggarwal3

With the reduced availability of fresh and aquatic life. Hence, conservation of is produced by using blast furnace
water resources and theand
Water impact
Energy Efficiencywater
of global as well
in Indian asIndustry
Steel energy should be holistic and rest thirty percent by using Direct
warming and climate change, steel target for steel industry (Das et al., 2018). Reduced Iron (DRI) (Conejo et al.,
Aruna Jha
and other industries have been under This becomes all the more necessary 2020). Coke and injected coal are used
increasing pressure
With the reduction to availability
in the reduce their of freshbecause of world-wide
water resources increasing
and the effects steel
of global as energy sources in the blast furnace
warming overall,
pollution and climateandchange, steel and their
specifically other industries
production.have Global
been under increasing
crude pressure
steel production as a reducing agent to provide fuel for
to reduce
carbon andtheir
water pollution overall,
footprints and specifically
(Conejo, their carbon
Birat, touched 1878and water tonnes
million footprintsin(Conejo,
2020, a the process while DRI uses natural
& Dutta, 2020). On one hand steel industry 0.2% increase over 2019 importance
Birat, & Dutta, 2020). On one hand steel industry is accorded the highest for
(WSA, 2021). gas as reducing agent to do the same.
achieving rapid development of a country’s economy, on the other,
is accorded the highest importance Figure 1 illustrates energy and water flow it is the most energy and Both these processes produce liquid
water intensive industry (Gao et al., 2019). Besides this, the effluents and wastewater
for achieving rapid development of a in a steel plant. iron, which is then finds its way to the
discharged from it pose a significant threat to water bodies and hence, a major contributor to
country’s economy, on the other, it is
water pollution threatening both human and aquatic life. Hence, conservation of water as well
basic oxygen furnace. In addition to
the most should
energybe and water Energy and Water
as energy holistic targetintensive
for steel industry (Das et al., 2018). This becomes all the carbon dioxide (CO2), blast furnaces
industry (Gao et al.,
more necessary 2019).
because of Besides
world-wide this, Consumption in Steel
increasing steel production. Global crude steel also produce slag (a composite mineral
the effluentsreached
production and wastewater
1878 milliondischarged Production
tonnes in calendar year (CY) 2020, a 0.2% increase over CY mixture). Previously manufactured
from
2019it (WSA,
pose a2021).
significant
Figure 1threat to water
illustrates energy and water
Steel flow in a steel
production plant.
is very energy intensive steel can be recycled infinitely and is
bodies and hence, a major contributor to and involves many steps. Across the an important raw material for new steel
water pollution threatening both human world, about seventy percent of steel manufacturing. Steel scrap is added in
electric arc furnace (EAF) where it is
melted (through consuming a substantial
part of energy) to enter in the process
as liquid steel. EAF, too, generates slag.
Next step is to blow oxygen over the
molten steel and from furnace it goes
to steel ladle, thus, becoming ready for
casting. After hot and cold rolling, the
finished steel is ready.
In the steel industry, large quantities of
water are required for various processes
that includes cooling operations,
descaling activities and dust scrubbing
(WSA, 2011). In order to operate
efficiently, steel mills need ample
amounts of water, both for consumption
and for transportation (Colla et al.,
2017). Consequently, they have always
been located near rivers, lakes and the
sea. Besides these sources, fresh water
Fig. 1 : A Diagrammatic depiction of water and energy flow in steel entity is also used. All water except that used
Figure1: Diagram of water flow and energy flow in steel enterprises
Source : Gao et al., 2019, p. 348 for cooling operations is treated on-site
Source: Gao et al., 2019, p. 348

1. Associate Professor, Commerce Department, Shri Ram College of Commerce, Delhi University
2. Prof., GGS Indraprastha University, New Delhi
3. Independent Public Policy and Impact Investment Professional

A - 252 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 47

w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

before discharge. According to estimates,
ninety percent of the water used by the
steel plant is, normally, returned and
the difference between water gone as
input and water returned for recycling
is termed as water consumption (IEA,
2020). The gap between the two is
adds to problems of the already deficient country on both
because of evaporation and generation
2025 is likely to be 1,341 cubic meters
against 1,820 cubic meters in 2001; it
may drop further to 1,140 cubic meters
by 2050 (Dutta, 2019). The high demand
of energy and water in steel sector adds
to problems of the already deficient
country on both counts. Due to obsolete
counts. Due to obsolete prod
interventions.
production technologies and poor quality
Accordingly, the objectives of the study
are-
To study and analyse energy and water
initiatives introduced by certain steel
plants in India.
To review and recommend specific policy

technologies and poor quality of raw materials, integrated

of waste. The steel industry backs the
ISO 14046:2014 water footprint standard. steel plants
Research Methodin India consu
of raw materials, integrated steel plants
in India consume higher energy than
We adopted qualitative multiple case
average of 6-6.5 Giga Calorie per tonne of crude steelanalysis
It is currently the best methodology for
steel sector because it considers all of
compared method to 4.5-5.0
global counterparts (MOS, 2021). The
to examine in steel
energy
water consumption of steel plants in India
and water initiatives taken by some 3
abroad (MOS, 2021). The water consumption of steel plants
the aspects that go into determining the in India
in India.stands
Data was at
stands at 3.3m3/ tonne of crude steel
steel plants 3.3m / to
collected
water footprint of a product, service, (tcs) against the global benchmark of 1
crude steel (tcs) against the global benchmark of 1 m3through
or organisation. The high demand for /tcs.1secondary
Wasteresources.
water discharge
m3/tcs1. Waste water discharged from
energy and water by steel companies steel plants include harmful chemicals
Analysis of Secondary
steel plants include harmful chemicals like ammonia and
raises concern for developing countries cyanide. The power dem
like ammonia and cyanide. The power
information
Indian steel industry is likely to touch 27,717 MW by 2030-31and
like India.
In accordance that of waterofwill re
demand of Indian steel industry is likely
with suggestions
to touch 27,717 MW by 2030-31and that
Steel Industry in India
1500 million
and Energycuand
meter
Waterfrom 297 million cu meter in 2016Pretes,
(MOS, 1995),2017).
researchers (for example, Niskala &
of water will reach to 1500 million cu
we conducted a content
meter from 297 million cu meter in 2016
Concerns (MOS, 2017). analysis of the 2020-21 and 2019-20
Integrated Annual Reports and ESG
In the post-deregulation period, Indian
Reports, to begin with. This enabled
steel is expanding quickly due to a
us uncover patterns and themes of
recovering economy and rising demand.
energy and water activities made by
India has moved up from third biggest in
the organisations under study. Content
2017 to second largest throughout the
analysis is the application of scientific
last three years (2018–2020) because to
procedures to the examination of
the production’s quick growth. According
documentary evidence in order to derive
to statistics provided by the World Steel
reliable judgments about context from the
Association, the nation was also the
facts (Holsti, 1969; Krippendorff, 2018).
second-biggest user of finished steel
Following that, we conducted a website
and the world’s largest producer of
analysis to gather further data via text,
sponge iron or DRI in 2020 (provisional).
videos, audios, and other mixed multiple
The Government of India released
media forms (Kim & Kuljis, 2010).
the National Steel Policy 2017, which
lays out a comprehensive roadmap for Case Study Companies
strengthening the Indian steel industry As the first integrated private steel firm
through 2030-31 (MOS, 2021). To achieve Fig. 2 : Industrial energy use of steel in Asia, Tata Steel was founded in India
the set targets, it is important to address sector, 2018-19 in 1907. It is currently one of the top
Figure 2: Steel’s share of industrial energy use, 2018-19
energy and water concerns as the energy
and water situation in India is grim.
Source : TERI, MoSPI (2019a) international steel producers and one
of the most geographically varied. It is
The per capita power consumption in Research Objectives also the largest company by assets in
Source: TERI
India stood at 1,208 kilowatt-hours, analysis
Given importance usingandMoSPI
of energy water (2019a) India.2 It has steel plants in Jamshedpur
or kWh, in 2019-20 against the global efficiency to be achieved in the steel (Jharkand) and Kalinganagar (Orissa).
Besides India, it is operating in are 26
Research Objectives
average of 3,260 kWh. It is, thus, nearly
33 percent of global average (Mallapur,
sector, it is important to understand the
gap between what companies are doing countries where it has manufacturing
2021). With regard to water availability, on this front at present and what should activities. Tata Steel is one of the few
Given the importance of energy and water efficiency to be achieved in the steel secto
the urgency of the situation can be
assessed from the fact that the average
be achieved. Gaps in governmental
policies on the same need to be identified
steel firms with completely integrated
activities, from iron ore mining
important to understand the gap between what companies are doing on this front at p
per capita water availability in India in as well. through manufacture and marketing of
completed steel, with an annual capacity
and what should be achieved. Gaps in governmental policies on the same need
1. https://www.cseindia.org/dte-supplement/industry20040215/misuse.htm
identified as well.
2. https://www.moneycontrol.com/stocks/marketinfo/totassets/bse/iron-steel.html
3. https://www.moneycontrol.com/stocks/marketinfo/netsales/bse/iron-steel.html
Accordingly, the objectives of the study are-
48 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 252

To study and analyse the energy and water initiatives introduced by certain steel pl

for producing crude steel of 34 million
tonnes per annum (MTPA).
One of India’s largest integrated steel
producers, JSW Steel, the flagship firm
of the JSW Group, has a production
capacity of 18 MTPA. With a presence
in more than 100 countries, it is one of
India’s fastest-growing companies. It has
latest production facilities in Karnataka,
Tamil Nadu, and Maharashtra. A plate/
pipe mill in Baytown, Texas, a steel
production factory in Ohio, and a long
product mill in Italy are among JSW
Steel’s international manufacturing
sites. JSW Steel is adequately backward
integrated with various iron ore mines
and captive power plants. It is the top
most company in India by net sales3.
Only JSW Steel is an Indian steel
producer that World Steel Dynamics has
consistently ranked among the top 10
global steel producers for ten years.
One of India’s top steel manufacturers
and a Maharatna Central Public Sector
Enterprise is Steel Authority of India
Limited (SAIL). Five integrated facilities
and three unique steel factories,
predominantly in India’s eastern and
central regions, are where it produces
iron and steel since they are close to
local raw material sources. At Bhilai,
Rourkela, Durgapur, Bokaro, and Burnpur
(Asansol), SAIL has integrated steel
mills. Salem, Durgapur, and Bhadravathi
are special steel plants. It is the third
largest by assets and second largest in
terms of net sales in the country.
Reducing Energy
Consumption
In order to reduce consumption of coke
and injected coal in the blast furnace,
use of biomass is recommended (Hall,
Spencer and Kumar, 2020). All the
three steel manufacturers in India (our
case study subjects) are using biomass
for steel making and are also adopting
other decarbonisation technologies
like hydrogen generation and carbon
capture, use and storage (CCUS). They
are increasingly using other energy
efficient technologies.
To take some examples, JSW steel’s
Salem plant is using Energy Optimising
Furnace (EOF) for producing special
A - 252
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
steel and use of EOF has led to higher
operational efficiency coupled with
improved energy savings. By improving
furnace automation, Tata Steel’s
Jamshedpur plant has been able to
reduce gaseous fuel consumption from
15.12 mkal/t.NS for 2019-20 to 14.49
mkal/t.NS for 2020-21. The Tata Steel
Jamshedpur plant is unique in the world
in terms of having a CCU plant with a
capacity of 5 tonnes per day (TPD)
combined with its semi-commercial
use within the steel value chain. In this
CCU facility, captured carbon is used
for onsite reuse through amine-based
technology. Gases that are depleted of
CO2 are returned to the gas network
with increased calorific value. SAIL
has incurred a capital expenditure
of ₹ 40 crores during FY 2020-21 to
install/replace equipment for energy
conservation and also to adopt energy
savings measures. At its Bhilai plant,
SAIL has on one hand, eliminated
energy-intensive Twin Hearth Furnace
- Blooming Mill - Billet Mill steelmaking
path, and has concurrently increasing
production using the energy-efficient
Basic Oxygen Furnace – Continuous
Casting (CC) route, on the other, resulting
in a 326 Tcal reduction in energy usage.
Over the past few decades, continuous
casting has significantly displaced
ingot casting, and today over 96% of
steel is produced this way. With this
technology, 1 ton of cold sheet can be
produced from 1.45 to 1.27 tons of liquid
steel (Lüngen et al., 2012). Increase in
amount of waste heat recovery in Coke
Dry Quenching (CDQ) facility at Bhilai,
Bokaro and Rourkela plants has also
resulted in substantial energy savings.
Reducing Water
Consumption
The process of making steel requires a
large amount of water as a coolant. For
every ton of crude steel produced, over 3
cubic meters of freshwater are needed.
Top producers are investing in sewage
treatment plants to recycle water and
building rainwater harvesting structures
to improve the groundwater table. In an
effort to reduce wastewater discharge
from its premises, Steel producers
in India have installed Zero Liquid
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
Discharge (ZLD) facilities across steel-
manufacturing plants. ZLD is a cutting-
edge method of water treatment that
employs nanotechnology to clean and
recycle wastewater while also reducing
wastewater discharges and preserving
the environment. Reuse of wastewater
is common in slag cooling and slag
granulation plants.
Each ton of steel produced by Tata
Steel uses 25 m3 of water; wastewater
is generated at a rate of 5 m3 per hour of
operation in Jamshedpur (Das & Purkait,
2021). To ensure adequate recycling
of water, recently at Bara STP, for the
purpose of transforming sewage water
from the townships of Jamshedpur into
process water for use in the production
of steel, a 25 million litres per day
(MLD) tertiary treatment facility was
inaugurated. The project is the first of
its kind in the country, and was named
‘Industry Water Project of the Year’ at
the Global Water Intelligence Awards,
held in London recently. The project
will reduce Tata Steel Jamshedpur
(TSJ) Plant’s freshwater intake from the
Subarnrekha River. For TSJ - Specific
fresh water consumption was 2.25 (m3/
tcs) for 2020-21 while for Kalinnagar
plant it stood at 4.16 (m3/tcs). Tata Steel
in Jamshedpur has a man-made lake
that can store enough water to last up
to 25 days.
Besides adopting new technology at
the steel melting shop in Vijaynagar,
JSW Steel is also planning to harvest
rainwater at the Dolvi plant. The
company has built a new reservoir with a
storage capacity of 1.3 million cubic feet
at its plant in Karnataka, a water-scarce
state. The lake provides sufficient water
for uninterrupted operation. Reverse
osmosis is used in horticulture by JSW
Steel to recover quality water. JSW has
also provided irrigation water to water-
starved areas around its operations
using recycled water. For tear 2020-21,
specific water consumption for JSW
Steel stood at 2.41 (m3/tcs) as against
2.6 (m3/tcs) in 2019-20. The company
plans to reduce it further to 2.21 (m3/tcs)
by 2030.
SAIL’s water conservation efforts include
locating leaks and fixing them, building
July 2022 49
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
wastewater treatment facilities (WTPs),
and studying the discharged water from
various units to determine locations
where fresh water make-up requirements
might be decreased. It has also installed
roof-top water collection systems in
plants, which has provided a possibility
for yearly recharge of around 290 million
litres. SAIL has been successful in
reducing Special Water Consumption
by more than 10% during the past five
years. The Bokaro Steel Plant (BSL)
achieved its highest-ever BF Productivity
for the FY 2020–21 with a 3.40 (m3/
tcs) specific Water Consumption. Due
to its water conversation methods, SAIL
received Water Innovation Award 2020
for water conservation by the Ministry of
Jal Shakti.
Policy initiatives
The Government of India has taken many
initiatives to encourage steel plants to
reduce energy and water consumption.
The National Steel Policy, 2012 laid
down penalties and introduced reward
mechanism to ensure the steel plants
work towards adopting international
standards for water consumption. The
National Steel Policy, 2017 states
that by 2030-31, the steel industry is
expected to need approximately 1500
million cubic meters of water annually.
The Ministry of Steel is closely working
with State governments to allocate water
on a priority basis to steel projects.
Additionally, the efforts of the industry
are being supported with regard to water
conservation at all levels. In order to
improve energy efficiency, the Ministry
of Steel in consultation with other
ministries is facilitating the use of waste
heat recovery at Steel Plants.
NEDO (New Energy & industrial
technology Development Organisation)
Japan is helping Ministry of Steel to set
up energy efficient Model Projects. Under
the aegis of NEDO two projects have
already got commissioned at Tata Steel
– one for BF stove waste heat recovery
and other for coke dry quenching, and
SAIL is currently implementing one more
Model Project viz. Energy Monitoring
and Management System at its Burnpur
plant.
50 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
Another issue which the Government
and steel makers are trying to address
for achieving energy efficiency is the
utilisation of slag – the major waste
produced in the integrated steel plants.
Every tonne of steel produced results
in generation of nearly half a tonne as
slag (Indian Minerals Year Book, 2020).
The Indian steel industry produces
approximately 24 million tonnes of blast
furnace slag and 12 million tonnes of
steel slag each year and it is estimated
that by 2030, the production of BF slag
will reach 45-50 million tons per year and
that of steel slag will reach 15-20 million
tons (NITI Ayog, 2018). Steel slag is also
called Basic oxygen steelmaking (BOF)
slag or Linz–Donawitz (LD) slag. Both
BF and LD slags are being increasingly
utilised in manufacturing of green
construction materials, soil improvement
in agriculture, besides many other uses
(Zhang, et al., 2020). Tata Steel has
recently introduced two new products,
Tata Aggreto and Tata Nirman, the first
branded LD slag products in India, for
use in the production of clinker, fly ash
bricks, and roads (Majumdar, 2018).
Compared to conventional construction
materials, these value-added products
have superior compressive strength,
reduced water absorption capacity, and
higher durability (Indian Minerals Book,
2020).
Future outlook
The need for making sustainable steel
is being emphasised like ever before
because of climate policy agenda. Before
adopting any water reuse management
system, the industry should to take
the all the aspects into account. For
example, in case waste water is to be
recirculated, it needs to be desalinised
to ensure equipment such as rolling
mills are not damaged by presence
of salt. As the salt so produced is of
poor quality, processing it to ensure it
reaches acceptable purity level, is a
very costly proposition and therefore,
it ends up in land mills generally. Even
LD slag use is only 25% of the total
quantity generated at present and the
rest is dumped as landfill (Singh, Rekha,
& Surya, 2020).
July 2022
Though the Government has designed
a framework for encouraging water
and energy efficiency through laying
down National Steel Policy, 2017; Steel
Scrap Recycling Policy, 2019; and Draft
National Resource Efficiency Policy,
2019, the pathway is not without road
blocks. Future upgrades to energy-
efficient technology and carbon-footprint
reducing processes will be necessary
for the Indian steel sector to achieve
its growth goals. This requires huge
investment for steel producers. Such
investments are, generally, financed
through debt and in India, the cost of
debt is quite high as compared to such
cost in developed countries such as
China, Japan and Korea (PWC, 2019).
Besides this investment is required for
to promote innovative technologies like
hydrogen-based steel production route
that may reduce the carbon emissions
by 94% (WSA, 2020). The Government
should help the industry to get consortium
funding and technology transfer from
international donors/ partners. Push
should be given on collaborative
research where all stakeholder should
contribute.
References
Colla, V., Matino, I., Branca, T. A.,
Fornai, B., Romaniello, L., & Rosito, F.
(2017). Efficient use of water resources
in the steel industry. Water (Switzerland),
9(11), 1–15.
Conejo, A. N., Birat, J. P., & Dutta,
A. (2020). A review of the current
environmental challenges of the steel
industry and its value chain. Journal
of Environmental Management, 259
(December 2019), 109782.
Das, P., Mondal, G. C., Singh, S., Singh,
A. K., Prasad, B., & Singh, K. K. (2018).
Effluent treatment technologies in the
iron and steel industry - A state of the art
review. Water Environment Research,
90(5), 395–408.
Das, P. P., & Purkait, M. K. (2021).
Treatment of cold rolling mill (CRM)
effluent of steel industry. Separation and
Purification Technology, 274, 119083.
Dutta, P.K. (2019, July 3). Who is guzzling
India’s drinking water? India Today.
A - 252

Available at https://www.indiatoday.
in/india/story/who-is-guzzling-india-s-
drinking-water-1560411-2019-07-03
(accessed on 31st March, 2022).
Gao, C., Gao, W., Song, K., Na, H., Tian,
F., & Zhang, S. (2019). Comprehensive
evaluation on energy-water saving
effects in iron and steel industry. Science
of the Total Environment, 670(2019),
346–360.
Hall, W., Spencer, T., & Kumar, S.
(2020). Towards a low carbon steel
sector: Overview of the changing market,
technology, and policy context for Indian
steel. The Energy Resources Institute
(TERI).
Holsti, O.R. (1969) Content Analysis for
the Social Sciences and Humanities,
Reading, MA: Addison Wesley
Publishing.
IEA (2020). Iron and steel technology
roadmap: Towards more sustainable
steelmaking. International Energy
Agency. France.
Kim, I., & Kuljis, J. (2010). Applying
content analysis to web-based content.
Journal of Computing and Information
Technology, 18(4), 369–375.
Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis:
An introduction to its methodology. Sage
publications.
Electrical Safety leads to
Fire Safety Ensure Fire Safety,
Save Life Save Property
A - 252
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
Majumdar, R. (18 January, 2018). Tata
Steel launches India’s first branded LD
slag products. ETBureau.
Mallapur, C. (2021, March 18). India’s
per capita power consumption rising but
wide variations persist across states.
Money Control.
MOS (2017). National Steel Policy,
2017. Ministry of Steel, Government
of India. Available at https://steel.
gov.in/national-steel-policy-nsp-
2017#:~:text=Consumption%20of%20
steel%20in%20the%20country%20
reflects%20the%20prosperity%20
of%20its%20economy.&text=The%20
policy%20projects%20crude%20
steel,current%20consumption%20
of%2061%20Kgs.
MOS (2021). An overview of steel
sector. Ministry of Steel, Government
of India. Available at https://steel.gov.in/
overview-steel-sector (accessed on 24th
May, 2022)
Niskala, M., & Pretes, M. (1995).
Environmental reporting in Finland:
A note on the use of annual reports.
Accounting, Organizations and Society,
20(6), 457-466.
NITI Ayog (2018). Strategy Paper On
Resource Efficiency in Steel Sector
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
through Recycling of Scrap & Slag.
Government of India.
PWC. (2019). The Indian steel industry:
Growth, challenges and digital disruption.
PWC and Indian Steel Association.
Available at: https://www.pwc.in/assets/
pdfs/consulting/technology/the-indian-
steel-industry-growth-challenges-and-
digital-disruption.pdf
Singh, S. K., Rekha, P., & Surya, M.
(2020). Utilization of Linz–Donawitz
slag from steel industry for waste
minimization. Journal of Material Cycles
and Waste Management, 22(3), 611-
627.
WSA (2011). Water management in the
steel industry. World Steel Association.
Brussels, Belgium
WSA (2020). Water Management in The
Steel Industry. World Steel Association.
Brussels, Belgium
WSA (2021). World Steel in Figures.
World Steel Association. Brussels,
Belgium
Zhang, X., Chen, J., Jiang, J., Li, J.,
Tyagi, R. D., & Surampalli, R. Y. (2020).
The potential utilization of slag generated
from iron-and steelmaking industries:
a review. Environmental geochemistry
and health, 42(5), 1321-1334.
July 2022 51
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Measuring the Impact of Electrification on

Socio-Economic Development of Rural Odisha

Bijay Kumar Mohanty1 Prof.(Dr.) Sasmita Samanta2

ABSTRACT
Socio economic development of any society is highly dependent on the availability of energy to the population of the
area. Rural electrification is one of the most powerful and fundamental need particularly for the under privileged villages.
The present study based on the empirical survey of 310 respondents is confined to the impact of electrification on socio-
economic development in rural Odisha. The sample area for the study is concentrated in Ganjam district, located in the
southern Odisha having highest number of households as per Census-2011. This district consists of 22 blocks covering
475 gram panchayats which has 3195 rural villages. Out of the entire area, two most populated blocks viz. Digapahandi
and Khalikote of Ganjam district have been selected for the survey. The study intends to analyse the socio-economic
impacts because of electrification in the above two blocks and brings out a vivid comparison between before and after
electrification. The extent of socio-economic changes the rural beneficiaries are able to achieve because of the policy and
practice of rural electrification are also dealt with. The datasets used are both quantitative and qualitative from different
villagers of the district. The designed parameter for the analysis is a mixed type combining both descriptive as well as
exploratory types. The simple random sampling method have been used for economic index analysis to measure the
impact. The conceptual skeleton demonstrated in this proposed study would assist to puzzle out the suitable tariff level
and the feasible solutions to minimize the viability gap. This research opens a window to the policymakers for their better
understandings and achieving better development and implementation of future projects. This can positively influence the
socio-cultural and economic conditions of the inhabitants.The study paves way for further research in the field of socio-
economic development in rural villages after electrification.
Keywords : Impact, Social Index, Economic Index, Rural Electrification, Development.

INTRODUCTION
India is principally a rural country with two
third of it’s population and 70% workers are
inhabitat of rural villages. Rural economy
plays a vital role and it comprises 46% of
national income. In spite of the jump in
urbanization it is expected that more than
50% of India’s population to be rural by
2050. Thus, villages are the focal points
of development and electrification plays
a part of catalyst in metamorphosis and
development of the Indian frugality. A
crucial component of the nation’s overall
development and inclusive growth is the
expansion and development of the rural
economy and people.
In rural areas, the business focuses on
various industries, including general
agriculture, forestry, and handloom-
based industries. Traditionally being
labour intensive sector, the main
source of employment in rural areas is
agriculture. Fortunately, in recent years,
various revolutions in technology and
awareness amongst framers has led to
less dependence on traditional labour
intensive farming. As a result, the shift
in the output and employment from
agriculture to more productive non-
farm sectors is seen as a key factor in
the development of rural economy as a
whole.
Electricity is crucial for rural development
worldwide since it may be used for
a variety of home, commercial and
agricultural activities. Further, access to
power supply helps in increase new rural
enterprises, small scale industries in
productive non-farm sectors as electricity
enhances productivity while lowering
labour and fuel costs. As the employment
and per capita income increases with
access to power supply, number of
school going children have considerably
increased. The electrification impact on
increase in country’s literacy and quality
of life is remarkable.

1. Chief Program Manager, REC Ltd, Bhubaneswar

2. Vice-Chancellor, KIIT University, Bhubaneswar

52 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 A - 253

 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

OVERVIEW launched schemes like Biju Gram Jyoti the first to directly fund the project’s
Prior to Independence, India had no Yojana (BGJY), Biju Saharanchala implementing Agencies (Distribution
policy for rural electrification. Rural Vidyutikaran Yojana (BSVY) for ensuring Companies, or DISCOMs, or Central
electrification in the nation began around electrification of all households in the State. Public Sector Utilities) (Dixit & Sreekumar,
the 1950s as a planned operation. Consequently,the state could be able to 2011). By 2011–12, it was noted that
Around 10, 9, and 2% of villages in achieve the 100% target of electrification more over half of the non–electronically
Tamil Nadu, Kerala, and Karnataka were irrespective of the problems like poor road connected homes were ineligible for
electrified in 1951, respectively. Less connectivity for transportation of materials free connections. Since then, efforts to
than 1% of the villages in the other states and manpower, in hills & forest area, Left electrify rural areas have continued with
were electrified. As a result, only a few Wing Extremism (LWE)/ Naxal affected the introduction of the Saubhagya plan
states had rural electricity during the areas and Creation of awareness among in 2017 and the Deen Dayal Upadhyaya
First Five Year Plan; however, during the public in rural areas for the importance of Gram Jyoti Yojana (DDUGJY) in 2014.
Second and Third Five Year Plans, all electricity to avail connection. According to a study on electrification and
states intiatiated implementation of rural As per Census-2011, 67.25% of household welfare in India (A.K. Sedai
severe electrification
drought from. 1965 to 1967.
However, out ofAfter the households
a total in the country
drought, emphasis washave electricity et al., 2020), more hours of electricity
of 5.76 lakh villages, electric power had connections i.e., 16.59 Cr out of 24.67 have a positive impact on people’s lives,
ation facilities
reachedfor agricultural
about 45,000 by production to decrease
the end of the dependence
Cr households. on share was
The Urban particularly in rural areas. The study used
Third Five Year Plan. 92.68% whereas the rural percentage balanced samples from two panel survey
ion programme helped in energization of pump sets for irrigation datasets: (i) the largest energy access
In India, there was a severe drought was only 55.30% in Fig. 1.
survey in India, ACCESS, 2015-2018,
uccess in
fromthe irrigation
1965 to 1967.due
Aftertothe
rural electrification,
drought, The same the
figurefollowing
with launch of Pradhan
with 5562 observations in each round
emphasis was on extending adequate Mantri Sahaj Bijli Har Ghar Yojana
ed and irrigation
put into action:
facilities minimum
for needs programme,
agricultural (Saubhagya) Kutir Jyoti
in October’2017, stood at
and 51 districts across six states: Bihar,
Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha,
production to decrease dependence 77.48% out of 17.94 Cr households. After
ri Gramodaya Yojana (PMGY), Acceleratedsuccessful Rural Electrification
implementation of Saubhagya
Uttar Pradesh, and West Bengal; and (ii)
on monsoon. Rural electrification
the largest human development survey in
programme helped
erated Electrification of one in lakh villages ofandscheme,
energization one croreallhouseholds,
states have reported
India, IHDS, from 2005 to 2012 (Desai et
pump sets for irrigation facilities. As a electrification of all willing households.
dyutikaran al., 2019). The results show that one extra
resultYojna (RGGVY)
of success in the ,irrigation
Deen Dayaldue Upadhyay Gram jyoti
to rural electrification, the following REVIEW OF LITERATURE
hour of power has a considerable impact
de grantprogrammes
to State government for providing
were developed and put electricity
The access toCommon
National each Minimum overall, particularly for poor households in
rural India. In order to improve household
into action: minimum needs programme, Program of Govt of India launched a
welfare and decrease financial losses for
Kutir Jyoti Programme, Pradhan Mantri concerted focus on rural electrification,
the State Electricity Boards, the report
Gramodaya Yojana (PMGY), Accelerated beyond network development. The
also suggests progressive pricing with
Rural Electrification Programme (AREP), national government sponsored and
targeted subsidies for electrified families.
Accelerated Electrification of one lakh launched the Rajiv Gandhi Gram Vidyut
om Government
villages andofone
India
croreschemes,
households, state
Rajivgovernment has specially
Yojana (RGGVY) in 2005 with the goal In order to calculate the causal impact
Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojna of providing free connections to families of electrification using a pre-registered
Gram Jyoti Yojana (BGJY), Biju Saharanchala Vidyutikaran Yojana
(RGGVY) , Deen Dayal Upadhyay Gram who fell below the poverty line (BPL). instrumental variable design, The Effects
to To strengthenstateruralcould
networks, capital of Rural Electrification in India (Daniel
ificationjyoti
of Yojana (DDUGJY)in
all households to the
provide grant
State. Consequently,the
State government for providing electricity expenditures totaling Rs. 33,800 crores Robert Thomas et al., 2020) explained
% target access
of electrification irrespective
to each village of the problems
in the country. like poor
were committed (MoP,road
2014). About 2.16 the household electrification policy in
crore BPL families received connections Uttar Pradesh, India, which states that
In Odisha, apart from Government of India
ion of materials and manpower, in hills & forest througharea,
this Left Wing which was
programme, only homes located within 40 metres
schemes, state government has specially
of an electricity pole are eligible for a
affected areas legal electrical connection. The author
Status of electrification as per demonstrates how India’s rural electricity
among public in Census-2011 (fig. in Crores) may improve lighting, irrigation, and
nce of electricity education. Rural electrification and the
outcomes of the conceptual framework
Urban 7.89
7.31
0.58 were linked by the research design.
16.78 The results are based on how many
Rural
11, 67.25% of 7.5 9.28 appliances are utilised by families each
hour. The author discovered that the
have electricity 0 5 10 15 20
legal electrification of a rural area had
Existing HH Electrified Un-Electrified largely favourable medium-term impacts.
out of 24.67 Cr The fact that beneficial benefits were
are was 92.68% discovered despite very little daily hours
Fig. 1 : Status of Electrification as per 2011 census
of power is also significant to note.
e was only 55.30% as under:
A - 253 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 53
Figure 1:Status of Electrification as per 2011 census
w&e internatioNal (Energy section)
A study on the impact of reliable electricity
on health systems in developing nations
(Yvonne Jie Chen, 2019) discovered
that reliable electricity can be a useful
tool in enhancing key elements of health
systems through the observation that JGY
deployment considerably enhanced the
operational capacity of health facilities,
in particular primary health centres
(PHCs), by boosting the availability and
functionality of a wide range of critical
devices and equipment. JGY also
markedly enhanced the availability of
health information on television.
Research on the effects of rural
electrification on economic development
in India is presented in Development
Effects of Rural Electrification (Fiona
Burlig et al., 2016), which uses high-
resolution geospatial data and a
regression discontinuity design to identify
the medium-run economic impacts of
electrification. According to the findings,
medium-term economic gains from
electrifying rural villages may not be
particularly significant. Although we are
unable to measure them, the author
also noted that electrification may have
significant positive effects on human well-
being and big economic gains in certain
settings.
The analysis reveals that electrification
had no economically significant effects
on a variety of development outcomes
despite this increase in energy access.
Understanding when, where, and for
how long electricity access and power
availability have the greatest economic
impact will be an essential direction
for future study, and more research is
required to find these benefits. Future
studies should focus on estimating the
often-unmeasured non-market benefits
of electrification.
The above literature suggests that there
are different outcomes based on the
status of electrification and time period of
study as developments and awareness
amongst public on electrification changes
rapidly. Considering the developments
happened in the last Decade including
aggressive reach of electricity to each
corner of country, the current research
would help in find out Socio-economic
benefits availed by rural people through
survey in rural areas of Odisha State
54 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
and secondary information received from
Government sources.
RESEARCH GAP AND
PROBLEM STATEMENT
Even though general perspective exists
that the electrification in rural villages
create positive impact on lives of people,
study measuring actual socio-economic
impact on people in the ground through
sample inspection and survey would
provide a handbook for policy makers for
further improvement in future schemes.
The study is important to know the
awareness amongst rural people as most
of poor people in villages feel electricity
is a luxurious thing to have due to
affordability. The study socio-economic
impact of rural electrification provides a
base tool for all stakeholders (like officers,
NGOs, etc.) to create awareness amongst
public to reap benefits of electricity. At the
same time, it would provide a direction for
future schemes for policy makers. The
opportunity cost of rural electrification in
Odisha is high. As such, simple research
in this area carries its own importance.
So far, a study of the impact of rural
electrification has not been carried out for
the special case of Odisha. A small study
has been made by the ADB (2003) and
another study has been initiated by the
Austrian Coordination Office in 2005 using
the “before and after” methodology.
Rural electrification studies are often
qualitative in character. No specific index
has been utilised in literature to measure
the effects of rural electrification. Many
academics have found it difficult to
attempt to separate the impact of other
social amenities from electrification when
measuring the social and economic
consequences. As a result, the veracity of
claiming that rural electrification is a key
role in rural socioeconomic advancement
is still in doubt.
In general, electricity is considered as
development tool. However, it is real
effect on people living rural areas need to
be studied to make changes in policies,
improvement in electricity services, if
required. In the absence of such studies,
the objectives prescribed by Government
will not be in relation with requirements
of people on the ground. The study helps
in understanding the correlation between
July 2022
the improvement in access to electricity
and socio-economic factors such as
education, employment, health, security
etc.
The outcomes of study will be a reference
to policy makers, management of state
power utilities, field officers in Distribution
companies as a reference to understand
changes required in future schemes and
to know the awareness amongst rural
people as most of poor people in villages
feel electricity is a luxurious thing to have
due to affordability.
OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY
The current study is based on the
empirical survey of 310 respondents is
confined to the impact of electrification
on socio-economic development in rural
Odisha. The sample area for the study is
concentrated in Ganjam district, located
in the southern Odisha. This district
consists of 22 blocks covering 475 gram
panchayats which has 3195 rural villages.
Economic Status Index and Social Status
Index have been calculated using the
empirical survey data.
Based on the reviewed literature
and the research gaps identified, the
following research objectives have been
proposed:
(a) To study and measure the Socio -
Economic impact of rural India in
general and Odisha in special vis a
vis Electrification.
(b) To evaluate the extent of social
transformation due to rural
electrification
(c) To assess the incremental support
available under rural electrification
their promotion and development
economic wellbeing of rural Odisha.
(d) To suggest appropriate policy
interventions based on the study
to improve the efficiency and
sustainability of rural power supply
and revolutionize the living standard
of the beneficiaries.
METHODOLOGY
Study is both descriptive as well as
explorative in nature using primary and
secondary data. The samples were
carefully chosen, as is customary and
appropriate for accurate population
A - 253
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

representation. For data collection from questionnaire consisting of demographic In caste, 51.60 % respondents are
different houses and customers in two profile of the respondents and different OBC category and then coming SC
blocks of the sample district, the simple subject related dimensions along with (21.90 %) and General (14.80 %)
random sampling approach is utilised. A their contributing statements with 5-point respectively. Further in age, majority of
structured questionnaire is prepared and likered scale close ended responses the respondents are belonging to 41 to
administered with the beneficiaries of ranging from 1 to 5 will be conducted by 60 years (50.60 %) and then coming 21
rural area with a view to know the first- administering questionnaire for preparing to 40 years (43.50 %) and 61 years and
hand information regarding the Socio- a final questionnaire instrument. more (5.80 %).
Economic improvement of the sample The socio-economic indicators and Similarly, in house type majority of the
district.Two blocks of Ganjam District electrification in rural areas will be villagers are having semi-pucca house
i.e. Digapahandi and Khalikote are taken analyzed during the period 2011 to 2019 (67.70 %) and then coming having pucca
under the perview of the current research for the research purpose. house (28.70 %). Few of the villagers
work. The primary data will be collected are having Kutcha Hut (3.60 %). In
through pre-designed and pre-tested RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
education, majority of the respondents
questionnaire from the peoples living in As shown in the, Majority of the villagers
are below metric (52.20 %) and then
Ganjam district of Odisha. A research given response are male (85.6 %) and
coming intermediate (35.60 %). 12.20
13.90 % are females.
% are undergraduate and above. The
Table 1 : Demographic profile of the respondents (N=310) majority of the villagers are having below
5 members (61.90 %) and 38.10 % of
Particulars Category Frequency Percent respondents are having 5 and more
Female 43 13.9 members.
Gender
Male 267 85.6 The impact of rural electrification on
Total 310 social activities such as increased
perception of safety, increased social
Gen 46 14.8 activity and eradication of extreme
OBC 160 51.6 poverty and hunger are described in
Caste Figure 2. Impact of rural electrification
SC 68 21.9
on education and employment such
ST 36 11.7 as improved information flow, to create
Total 310 employment and raise household income
Marital Status Married 284 91.6 and the enrolment level in schools are
described in
Unmarried 26 8.4
Figure 3. Impact of rural electrification
Total 310 on socioeconomy such as improved
Below 20 yrs 2 .1 condition for education and health service
21 to 40 yrs 134 43.5 delivery, substantially changed the
Age household and village economy, and an
41 to 60 yrs 156 50.6 increase in electricity access is correlated
61 yrs and more 18 5.8 with an improved literacy rate in Figure
Total 310 4. The age group 0-45 have optimistic
view in regards to the impact of rural
Pucca 89 28.7 electrification whereas 45-60 age group
House type Kutcha Hut 11 3.6 do not see any major improvements.
Semi- Pucca 210 67.7 Age group 60+ disagree with any kind of
impact of electrification on the quality of
Total 310 life.
Below Metric 163 52.2
Economic and Social
Education Intermediate or below 109 35.6
Status Index
Undergraduate & above 38 12.2
Economic Status Index (ESI)
Total 310 = (∑wifi/M) x 100
Number of Family Members Below 5 192 61.9 = {(0x0 + 1x0 + 2x75 + 3x200+
in the household 4x35)/(310x4)} x 100
5 and more 118 38.1 = 71.77%
Total 310

A - 253 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 55

 60w&e
age group do not see any major
internatioNal improvements.
(Energy Age group 60+ disagree with any kind of
section)
impact of electrification on the quality of life.
Table 2 shows Economic Status Index
of Ganjam district in Odisha due to rural
electrification.To know the effectiveness
of those programs and services rating
scale was used to collect data from the
respondents, in which the categories
used are, 0: No Change, 1: Little Change,
2: Moderate Change, 3: High change and
4: Very high change. From the total valid
observations of 310 respondents, the
calculated Economic Index is coming
71.77 %. It is evident that as a result of
Fig. 2 : Impact of electrification on social activities the Rural electrification, the economic
Figure 2: Impact of electrification on social activities conditions of Ganjam district improved
substantially i.e., 71.77 %. Since their
index of economic status is above 50 %.
Table 3 above shows Social Status Index
9
of Ganjam district of Odisha due to Rural
electrification.To know the effectiveness
of electrification, rating scale was used to
collect data from the respondents, in which
the categories used are, 0: No Change,
FigureFigure
3: 3:
1: Little Change, 2: Moderate Change, 3:
ImpactImpact
of of and 4: Very high change.
High change
From the total valid observations of 310
Fig. 3electrification on education
: electrification
Impact of electrification and employment
on education
on education andand employment
employment respondents, the calculated Social Index
is coming 62.90 per cent. It is evident that
as a result of the Rural electrification, the
social conditions of Juangs improved i.e.,
62.90 per cent. Since their index of social
status is above 50 per cent.
In comparison with social and economic
index of Rural Electrifications, the
economic index value is coming 71.77 per
cent and Social status is coming 62.90
per cent. The economic impact of Rural
electrification on Ganjam district is higher
in comparison to social status index.

FINDINGS AND CONCLUSION

The study clearly brings out the
Figure
Fig.4:4 Impact
: Impactof
of electrification
electrification onon socioeconomy
socioeconomy improvement in socio economic conditions
and better livelihood for the two sample
Figure24:
Table Index
Economic and Social Status Impact ofStatus
: Economic electrification on socioeconomy
Index of Sample district block of Ganjam district after the inception
of rural electrification. Though there is
Economic
Economic Status
and Social Status Weight/
Index Frequency Percent Index of Social
Table 2:Economic Status Index of Sample district a variation in the assessment level of
Score Status
improvement by different age group,
Table 2:Economic Status0 Index of Sample 71.77%
district education profile etc. the general trend
NoEconomic
Change 0 0 Index of
Weight/ Score Frequency Percent (N=310) suggests a positive impact on lifestyle
Status Social Status
LittleEconomic post electrification. The improvement is
Change 1 0 0 Index of
Weight/ Score Frequency Percent 71.77% also computed emperically in terms of
No Status
Moderate
ChangeChange
02 75
0 24
0 Social Status Social Status Index score and Economic
High Change 3 200 65 (N=310) Status Index score are also very positive
Little Change 1 40 0 0 11 0 0 71.77%
No Change
Very high change 35 and above 50%.
Moderate
Total 2 310 75 100 24
(N=310)
The study will be useful to policy-makers,
Change
LittleChange
High Change 3 1 200 0 65 0 sociologists, anthropologists, agricultural
Source : developed from the survey data
Moderate
Very high 4 2 35 75 11 24
change
Change
High Change
56 WATER TotalINTERNATIONAL
and ENERGY 3 310 200 100 65
July 2022 A - 253
Very highfrom the survey data
Source: developed 4 35 11
change Total 310 100
 w&e internatioNal (Energy section)

Table 3 : Social Status Index of Sample district

Social Status Weight/ Score Frequency Percent Index of Social Status

62.90%
No Change 0 0 0
(N=310)
Little Change 1 0 0
Moderate Change 2 150 48
High Change 3 160 52
Very high change 4 0 0
Total 310 100
Source : developed from the survey data
Social Status Index (ESI) = (∑wifi/M) x 100
= {(0x0+ 1x0 + 2x150+ 3x160+ 4x0)/(310x4)} x 100
= 62.90%

soil scientists, environmentalists,
economist, administrators, academicians
and social scientists. It will help them to
frame a proper perspective planning for
developing the villages with respect to
social and economic upliftment of the
villagers. This study can also help in
the aesthetic enhancement of this place
that would lead to a revenue generating
industry, namely tourism. Many schemes
and projects have led to the infrastructure
development and maintenance of this
hill villages. Through this study, policy
makers would have in depth knowledge
to draw the course of action to achieve
better development and implementation
of different projects. This can positively
influence the socio-cultural and economic
conditions of the inhabitants.The study
paves way for further research in the study
of socio-economic development rural
villages after electrification in general.
This suggested study’s methodological
structure will be useful in determining the
right tariff level and potential remedies
for closing the viability gap. The viability
gap approach being offered is merely
a general one. To develop a country-
specific strategy on the problem, the
study might be broadened to include all
other Indian provinces.
REFERENCES
Barnes, D. F. (2007). The Challenge
of Rural Electrification: Strategies for
Developing Countries (1st Ed.). New
York: RRF Press.
Dixit, S., & Sreekumar, N. (2011, October
22). Challenges in Rural Electrification.
Retrieved June 27, 2018, from Economic
and Political Weekly: https://www.epw.in/
journal/2011/43/commentary/challenges-
ruralelectrification.html
Josey, A., & Sreekumar, N. (2015,
October 10). Power for All: Is anything
being learnt from past programmes.
Retrieved June 20, 2018, from Economic
and Political Weekly: https://www.epw.in/
journal/2015/41/commentary/power-all.
html
MoP. (2014). Executive Summary of
RGGVY-November 2014. New Delhi:
Ministry of Power.
MoP. (2017, October 11). Pradhan
Mantri Sahaj Bijli Har GharYojana-
Office Memorandum F.No. 44/2/2016-R.
Retrieved June 20, 2018, from Ministry
of Power: http://saubhagya.gov.in/
assets//download/OMSAUBHAGYA%20
(SIGNED%20COPY).pdf.
MoP. Progress report for rural
electrification schemes. from Ministry
of Power: www.ddugjy.gov.in/portal/
progress_report/progress_report.pdf
MoP. Household Electrification Status
from Ministry of Power: http://saubhagya.
gov.in/
MOP. Guidelines & progress report on
ddugjy : http://www.ddugjy.gov.in

The electric bill won’t

give you a fright if you
remember to turn off the light

A - 253 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 57

cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

Tunnelling Asia 2022 Conference on

Underground Space: The Need of the Day
27-28 June 2022, Mumbai

Underground construction has boomed in the last 10 years

worldwide. This trend is due to several factors such as
the growth of population of cities, demand for sustainable
solutions, and the call for environmentally friendly solutions,
coupled with advancement of technologies. The number
and size of mega cities throughout the world and their
associated needs for additional infrastructures has been
increasing significantly. According to the United Nations,
by 2030 over 41 megacities – each with population of over
10 million people – will exist worldwide. It is also expected
that by 2030, 60.4 percent of the world’s population will be
living in cities. This trend demands sustainable, efficient,
economical, and environmentally friendly infrastructure to
reduce environmental impacts, enhance visual impact, and
minimize surface disturbance. Infrastructure development Ms. Ashwini Bhide, Addl. Municipal Commissioner, BMC,
on the surface has constraints due to limited availability of lighting the lamp during the inaugural session
surface land area. Therefore, to meet these needs, the trend
is towards underground development for transportation,
transfer of water and waste water, storm protection, power,
and other systems.
Underground development is becoming a necessity in different
parts of the World. However, development underground is
a challenge in itself. Besides, the geological constraints, it
has to face the challenge of ensuring the safety of existing
infrastructure. There have been significant engineering
developments in tunnel technology and underground
development in recent years. The need however is to have
cost-effective environment friendly and technically sound
underground development. To achieve this, we will have to
keep pace with the technological advancement in the field of
underground development. With a view to provide information Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, CBIP, welcoming Shri Anil Kumar
at international level of knowledge and experience gained in Lahoti, GM, Central Railway, during the inaugural session

58 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

the large scale underground structures and tunnel projects for the benefit of future projects throughout the world, delegates
will be provided with a unique opportunity through this conference to facilitate exchange of views and ideas with professionals
who have been actively involved in the success of the tunnel projects. A large number of experts participated to stimulate
the debate on the challenges met and the lessons learnt, with the application of new practices and technologies. It is in
this context that this International Conference “Tunnelling Asia’ 2022”, was organised by Tunnelling Association of India,
Central Board of Irrigation and Power (CBIP), Delhi Metro Rail Corporation Ltd. and Mumbai Metro Rail Corporation Ltd.
jointly on 27-28 June 2022 at Mumbai, proved to be a grand success and was unique experience for the participants more
than 300 professionals from policy makers, owner, consultants, contractors, manufacturers and material supplier from the
tunnelling industry from various countries such as Switzerland, United Kingdom, Germany, Malaysia and India. Theme of this
conference was ‘Underground Space: The Need of the Day.
Shri Anil Kumar Lahoti, General Manager, Central Railway, inaugurated the conference and addressed the august gathering
of tunneling industry. During the opening ceremony, Lt. Gen. Suresh Sharma, Senior Vice President, TAI welcomed the
dignitaries and presented the overview of the Tunnelling Industry - Market Trends, New Projects, Technology Developments,
and Opportunities and set the tone for the deliberations of the conference. Prof. Mahendra Singh, President, ISRM India &
Professor, Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee addressed
the participants and role of ISRM India in the development of
tunnelling and underground space in the country.
The other dignitaries who addressed the august gathering
during the opening ceremony are Dr. Mangu Singh,
President, Tunnelling Association of India & Chief Principal
Advisor, Delhi Metro Rail Corporation Ltd.; Shri Vikas
Kumar, Managing Director, Delhi Metro Rail Corporation
Limited; Ms. Ashwini Bhide, Addl. Municipal Commissioner,
Brihanmumbai Municipal Corporation (BMC); Mrs. Jinxiu
(Jenny) Yan, President, International Tunnelling and
Underground Space Association; Shri S.V.R. Srinivas
Mrs. Jinxiu (Jenny) Yan, President, International Tunnelling
Commissioner, MMRDA Chairman, Organizing Committee & and Underground Space Association addressing participants
Managing Director Mumbai Metro Rail Corporation Ltd. Shri
S.K. Gupta, Director – Projects, MMRCL proposed the vote
of thanks at the end of opening ceremony.
The following presentations were made by the experts during
the Plenary Session and technical sessions and shared their
experiences with the participants:

Plenary Session
The Plenary Session was Chaired by Dr. Mangu Singh
and Co-chaired by Dr. Harald Wagner. The following four
presentations were made during the Plenary Session:
1. Global Tunnelling Update and Innovations - Dr. Jinxiu
Jenny CRA, China Dr. Mangu Singh and Dr. Harald Wagner, chairing and
2. MMRCL experience in creating underground space for co-chairing the Plenary Session
the construction of Line 3 in Mumbai - S.K. Gupta
3. Challenges and Issues in execution of Delhi Metro
Phase-III and IV – Daljit Singh, DMRC
4. Storm water Management And Road Tunnel (SMART
Tunnel)- Ir. Bivi Zarina
Technical Session I – Sub-surface Planning,
Investigation and Design understanding the geological
and geotechnical conditions
Keynote presentation : Challenges in Design of a large
tunnel in soft ground - Dr. Rakesh Kumar
1. Geophysical methods for tunnel planning & real-time
ground prediction while TBM boring: in focus-beam
(bore-tunneling electrical ahead monitoring) - Dr. Sanjay Shri S.K. Gupta and Shri Rakesh Kumar Khali, chairing and
Rana co-chairing Technical Session

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 59

cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

2. Observational method: from the hazard scenarios to a general design approach to the design of underground works -
Panciera Andrea
3. Challenges in creating Underground space facing Mixed Geological Strata - Subrahmanya Gudge
4. Alternative Tunnel System for a 8.5km long road tunnel through the Himalayas By- Dr. Florian Krenn
5. Planning, design & construction of diversion tunnel for Arun-3 HEP (900MW) in Nepal - A Case study- Kuldip Garg,
Jaswant Kapoor, R. K. Abrol and S. P. Bansal
6. Requirement of IT-based system for Tunnel Construction Monitoring – V.K. Rastogi
Technical Session II – Contractual, Insurance Aspects and Financing of Tunnel and Underground Projects
Keynote presentation : Experiences and structure of model
contract document for EPC tunnel projects; regulatory frame
work and policies in different countries - Dr. Arnold Dix, Vice-
President, ITA
1. Tunnel and Underground Works: Transition from a
Hazardous Environment to Risk Cost Reduction through
Risk Engineering Management - Abhishek Shankar,
Thomas Konstantis
2. Tunnel construction technologies and risk practices
inevitable risks of collapses in construction – Dr. Harald
Wagner
Technical Session III – Tunnel & Cavern Construction,
Technologies, Equipment & Safety Issues including
instrumentation
Dr. Arnold Dix, Vice-President, ITA, addressing the participants
Keynote presentation : Unlocking solution for the T01 in during Technical Session
Himalayas’ Over-critical thrust wedge by I-System; The most
challenging tunnel in India – Dr. Bineshian, H.
1. Health and safety - Use of compressed air in mechanized
tunnelling – Donald Lamont, Animateur, Working
Group 5
2. Managing geological complexity in BVC and PAC of
Tehri PSP, India -A case study - Rakesh Kumar Khali
3. Construction of cross over at Aacharya Atre station
using a combination of TBM and NATM technology on
Mumbai Metro Line 3 - Rajesh Kumar Mittal, Mahesh
Kumar Dange, Rohit Tilak and Pratik Kolge
4. Optimization of support system for tunnel on the basis of
BRT - Hamid Samadi, Rahul, Dev Patel, Eshita Mishra
and Chandershekhar Khokhar Shri Rakesh Kumar Khali, making the presentation during
5. The Ventilation of the Mumbai Coastal Road Tunnel with Technical Session
Saccardo Injectors - J. Maier, Alessandro Sofia, Uwe
Drost, Emin Besic, Vipul Surana & John Celentano
Technical Session IV – Industry Special aspects
1. Innovative FRC design for underground application
(inner lining, shaft, CIP) using new generation of fibre -
Bekaert
2. Normet Charmec-understanding charging & blasting
solutions for tunnels - Normet
3. Polymeric fibre reinforced shotcrete for tunneling
applications – Bajaj Reinforcement
4. Implementation of SISO PMIS in RVNL Projects- A Case
Study - Sandeep Sharma A view of the participants

60 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

5. Tunnel Pollutants and Monitoring Techniques – Samir

Bhandarkar
6. Advantage of SmartFab (A Tata Steel Product) for
application in tunnel construction – Tata Steel
7 CAC Products For Underground Construction (UGC) -
Mandar Sudrik
Technical Session V – Urban Tunnelling
Keynote Presentation : Design and construction of Santa
Cruz Metro Station of Mumbai Metro Line 3 sandwiched
between a flyover and other constraints in congested
urban space - A Case Study - Dr Chaitanya Jasti, Nilesh
Pangavhane and Shashank Surve
1. Construction of Kalbadevi Metro Station of Mumbai Lt. Gen. Suresh Sharma, Senior Vice President, TAI, Chairing
Metro Line 3: Major NATM works in congested urban the Technical Session
environment – MMRCL
2. Tunnelling and excavation in Mumbai urban areas -
MCRP 04 Case Study - Di Fabio Angelo, Palash Kachhy,
Maheswara Varma, Sandeep Kumar, Sandeep Singh &
Sanjay Pajni
3. Conceptual and practical approach of EPB Tunnelling in
soft, hard and mixed ground conditions - Arun Kumar
4. Rising from the Ruins: Arrival of the Metro at Nabi Karim
– Saurav Sharma
Technical Session VI – Innovative Techniques
Keynote Presentation : Retrieval, transportation and
lowering of tunnel boring machine by strand jack gantry
system without dismantling into Components – Mahesh
kumar Dange, Rohit Tilak, Pratik Kolge and Ahmed Belal
Shri Daljit Singh, Director (Works), DMRC, Chairing the
1. Ventilation system in large hydro projects in India: A Technical Session
Case Study of successful implementation of effective
ventilation system at Tehri Pump Storage Project –
Rakesh Kumar Khali and Sandeep Potnis
2. Evolving technological advances in shotcrete for ground
control support in tunnelling, UG Construction & Mining
- Panu Oikkonen & Dhyanendra M Tripathi
3. Design and construction of NATM Sahar Crossover
using fiber reinforced sprayed concrete secondary lining
of Mumbai Metro Line 3 – MMRCL
4. Reliable & redundant power supply scheme for mountain
rail tunnel – Mohammad Iqbal, Sumit Verma & Mahender
S. Rana
Shri Rohit Tilak, MMRCL, making the presentation during
TUNNELLING ASIA 2022 Technical Session
International Conference on
Underground Space : The Need of the Day

The presentations made by the tunnel and underground professionals are well received by the
27-28 June, 2022, Mumbai

professionals. A total of 33 technical papers received from professionals are incorporated in

the proceedings volume would certainly add new dimensions to the body of knowledge on the
subject. The deliberations of the conference helped the participants in better understanding
of the various aspects of sustainable development of tunnel and underground space in the
PROCEEDINGS different projects.

TAIym
35
Tunnelling Association of India

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 61

cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

3rd Edition of TAI Tunnelling and

Underground Space Awards 2022
The 3rd edition of the following TAI awards were announced
to be distributed during the Tunnelling Asia 2022 conference
scheduled on 27th June, 2022 in the evening at Hotel ITC
Maratha, Mumbai:
1. Life Time Achievement Award
2. Tunnelling project of the year
3. Technical innovation of the year
4. Safety initiative of the year
5. Environmental initiative for Sustainable Tunnelling of the
year
6. Young Tunneller of the year
TAI have invited the entries in the different category of
awards from the agencies/professionals who are involved
in development of tunnel and underground space in different View of Awards
projects to participate in competing.
The following jury under the Chairmanship of TAI President, reviewed the entries.
1. Dr. Mangu Singh, President, TAI & Chief Principal Advisor, DMRC Chairman
2. Lt. Gen. Suresh Sharma, Sr. Vice President, TAI Member
3. Shri D.K. Sharma, Vice President, TAI Member
4. Shri R.K. Khali, Vice President, TAI Member
5. Dr. D.V. Thareja, Former Member, CWC Member
6. Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary General, TAI Convener
Based on their detailed evaluation, the winners were identified and presented with the awards on 27th June, 2022.
1. TAI AWARD 2022 : TUNNELLING PROJECT OF THE YEAR
The Nominations for this category of TAl Awards were invited
for projects for which the major civil engineering works
have been performed and completed/substantially between
1stJanuary2018 and 31stDecember 2021. Judges considered
the project implementation and features that demonstrate:
– Design and construction innovations developed for and
during the project
– Overall approach to management of construction
(methods and schedule) to successfully complete the
excavation (s) within plan
– Demonstrated overall Owner satisfaction with completed
work, inducing safety and quality performance
– Public/community relations programs to bring public
support to the project and mitigation of construction
impacts in urban areas Tunnelling Project of the Year Awards Presented to Directorate
General Border Roads
– Demonstrate ‘value added, time and cost to completion
viz a viz contracted v/s actual” by all of the above
– Other interesting features” commercial resolution, etc.
*Major Civil work includes the underground excavation and support of tunnels, caverns and cut and cover structures as
applicable to the project.
Tunnelling Project of the Year Award was presented to Directorate General Border Roads for successfully facing the challenges
in the execution of Atal Tunnel in Solang Valley, Kullu Himachal Pradesh. The Atal tunnel, Rohtang is 9.02 km long two-lane

62 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

bidirectional highway tunnel constructed to bypass Rohtang Pass in the Eastern Pir Panjal range of the Himalayas on the
Leh- Manali Highway. This tunnel is situated above 3000 m from MSL which is the longest tunnel on this altitude. Geologically
the tunnel is located in the central crystalline zone, a major tectonic element of the Himalayas. The rocks mainly consist of
metamorphic strata having undergone ductile deformations.
2. TAI AWARD 2022 : TECHNICAL INNOVATION OF THE YEAR
Nominations for this category of TAl Tunnelling and
Underground Space Awards are innovations that have been
implemented in tunnelling or underground space use projects
between 1stJanuary2018 and 31stDecember 2021.
Technical innovations come in many forms which move
the current “state of the art” forward to improve, design,
application, processes, equipment, materials, etc., resulting
in improved and more cost effective solution to a problem.
• New or unique use of equipment for an improvised
expeditious and safe operation
• Development of unique design approach that demonstrate
simulation of field conditions
• Savings of Materials or Energy Technical Innovation of the Year Award Presented to AECOM
• Innovative cost and economic model of tunnelling
Entries may also be supported by successful use in the laboratory and/or field.
Tunnelling Innovation of the Year Award Presented to Chennai Metro Rail Limited and AECOM for Using Innovative
Methodology for Tunnelling and Execution of Incorporation of Surrounding Rock Layer Presence in the Design of
Underground Cut & Cover Box Structure in Chennai Metro Phase-2 corridor 3 includes 29 underground stations and
associated 20 kMs tunnels. The project contains various types of challenging features like underground stations at mix
ground conditions, intersecting interchange between stack station and Island station laying in mix ground conditions,
entire underground station supporting a Flyover and Ramp etc.
As per alignment plan and ground conditions at some station locations where the rock layer at relatively shallow
depth, Part of the station depth is situated in soft ground (sand, clay, silt) layer and rest in rock layer. Construction of
underground cut and cover structure in mixed ground condition is quite difficult, time consuming and un-economical
with conventional methods. Therefore, separate considerations have been taken for such cases. Instead of full-height
diaphragm wall into the rock layer, half-height diaphragm wall with shear pin embedded in rock strata in combination
with a stitch wall (between D-Wall and base slab) have been adopted. Present arrangement reduces major time, cost
and effort of trenching and casting diaphragm wall in hard rock layer. This arrangement reduces the requirement of
temporary earth retaining support arrangement like soldier pile, secant pile, strutting etc. Thus, it helps to save time,
manpower and material costs by 15% to 20%. Unconventional but innovative technical solutions generally save project
from delays. Structural stability of the proposed structure and safety of the existing adjacent structures are key concerns
and same have been taken care during each stage of design and construction.
3. TAI AWARD 2022 ON ENVIRONMENTAL INITIATIVES
FOR SUSTAINABLE TUNNELLING
Nominations for this category of TAI Award were invited
for environmental initiatives that have been implemented
in tunnelling or underground space use projects between
1stJanuary 2018 and 31st December 2021.This entry illustrate
use of underground space to improve the environment
-through reduction of impacts brought about by traditional
surface construction or reduction in energy or materials
used.
• Winning projects will.
– Illustrate environmental benefits factors leading to
the project’s selection over others
– Implementation in terms of benchmarked measurable
Environmental Initiative of the Year Award Presented to Mumbai
project success Metro Rail Corporation Limited

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 63

cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

– Effective mobilisation of Support of the local community

Environmental Initiative of the Year Award Presented to Mumbai Metro Rail Corporation Limited for effective Implementation of
Environmental Initiatives in Tunnelling and underground space use in Mumbai Metro Line 3 Project Using innovative techniques
and smart solutions.Environmental initiatives taken by MMRC, many are above obligatory regulatory requirements
• SGNP plantation – Compensatory plantation of 11400 trees and CSR plantation of 9500 trees(Total 20900)in the
degraded forest areas of SGNP thru forest department. Trees were planted in year 2018 and will be maintained for next
7 years. `
• In-situ tree plantation program – MMRC will plant about 3000 grown up trees where trees were affected by stations
construction work. These trees are being groomed in nurseries.
• Miyawaki plantation – MMRC completed the Miyawaki plantation program of 9003 trees at Goregaon (w) in June 2021
in coordination with FDCM. The plantation will maintained by FDCM for next 2 years. This is unique plantation would
result in development of urban forest in Mumbai facing space constraints.
• Compensatory mangrove plantation – Compensatory plantation of 8888 mangroves completed in Nov 2020.Species
planted are Rizophoramucronata and Ceriopstagle.
• Environmental benefits – Reduce fuel consumption (saving of 2.43 lakhs litre/d) and Estimated Reduction in 2.61
lakhs tCo2 on an annual average basis; Reduction in Noise level and air pollution due to decongestion; Reduction in
traffic volume due to reduction in daily vehicle trips.
• CDM project – CDM project report of Line 3 prepared by DMRC and validated by registered validator of UNFCCC
estimates that 2,61,968 tCo2 would be reduced on an annual average basis over a period of 10 years since the year
2021. Link:https://cdm.unfccc.int/ProgrammeOfActivities/cpa_db/LUG7W2MP9CFDZOT56B8HXN10VA4RSI/view
• Green building certification – The process of certification of all 26 underground station buildings is already initiated for
IGBC green building certification with the aim to achieve platinum registration.
• Solar power –Implemented solar power plant at the roof of Namitri and Transit building office (92.6 kWp). Further, each
of 3 RSS buildings will have a grid connected roof of solar PV plant with the capacity of 10 kWp each.
4. TAI AWARD 2022 ON SAFETY INITIATIVE IN TUNNELLING
Nomination for this category of TAI award is to reward an
initiative introduced within the tunnelling and/or underground
space industry which has enabled a company, project or
series of projects to deliver clients improved performance
with respect to the safety, health and welfare. Judges will be
particularly interested to hear about:
• The drivers that led to the initiative being launched
• The reaction of clients and local communities
• Any longer term impacts prompted by the initiative
• Results and cost implications of the initiative
• Why this initiative goes beyond normal practices
All entries should include reference to how this initiative has
been incorporated into working or new standard practices.
Tunnelling Safety initiative of the year Presented to Delhi
Metro Rail Corporation Ltd. for safely execution of tunnels Safety Initiative in Tunnelling Year Award Presented to
Delhi Metro Rail Corporation Ltd.
and underground space in Phase-III and IV of Delhi MRTS.
Delhi Metro Rail Corporation has been striving hard to
implement use of Technology in their Underground Construction projects. Use of Technologies like IOT: GPS monitoring of
construction vehicles, CCTV installed at various location to remotely monitor all activities, Special Control room for CCTV
surveillance. Wireless network/Wi-fi enabled Dual mode communication system (Telephone/ intercom) provided for tunnel
work, Data loggers with SMS alert facility provide in cranes, Quick Response (QR) code provide in all machines/equipment
to digitalize the document, Online gas monitoring to detect sudden leakage of hazardous gases, Ventilation duct with use
of chiller plant and many more have led to much improved Safety performance and have resulted in control on Incidences
during the Tunnelling works. With above initiatives, No lost time injury for last 3 million man hours has been reported despite
the pandemic situation (Covid-19) working.

64 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

5. TAI AWARD 2022 ON YOUNG TUNNELLER OF THE YEAR

Nominations for this award are sought to find the individual
born after 31st March 1986 who has made an outstanding
contribution to the tunnelling industry.
Judges will focus on the personal contribution made by the
individual to successfully deliver innovative ideas or initiatives,
challenge normal practices or lead major technically complex
operations.
Judges will look for evidence of the individual’s ability to:
• Be a significant part of the team, project or business to
technical or commercial success
• Deliver beyond the client’s/organization’s expectations
• Demonstrated personal commitment to improving the
tunnelling industry
• Tangible differences made in the operating environment
Young Tunneller of the Year Award Presented to Mr. Ayush Raj,
• Length of tunnel excavation/volume of cavern executed Deputy Chief Engineer/ Civil, NCRTC
in one month.
Judges will also take into account the way the individual has met the specific challenges faced by the industry, their business
or their project. The entry must be supported by two independent reference.
Young Tunneller of the Year Award Presented to Mr. Ayush Raj, Deputy Chief Engineer/ Civil, NCRTC for outstanding &
significant contributions to the Tunnelling industry.
Mr. Ayush Raj, Dy. Chief Engineer/Civil, NCRTC is an eminent engineer with demonstrated skills of managing complex
tunneling challenges. Born on 18.08.1989. At just 32, under his supervision two major projects of Delhi Metro i.e. (i)
Construction of road tunnel above operational metro tunnels between AIIMS hospital and JPN Apex Trauma Centre and (ii)
Construction of MRTS tunnels & cross passages between R K Puram and Lajpat Nagar of Line-7 of DMRC phase-III has
been successfully completed. To share the knowledge gained during construction period, he also presented 3 international
papers during various conferences. He is also playing an important role in planning NCRTC’s underground section between
Delhi-SNB corridor and is actively involved in the pre-construction activities of Delhi-SNB corridor of NCRTC wherein
approximately 33km of TBM twin tunnel with internal diameter of 6.5m is to be constructed. He has an in-depth knowledge
of TBM tunneling and is keen to verse him with latest advancements. He is also actively involved in the activities performed
by TAI and TAIym and working hard for the welfare of tunneling fraternity of India.
6. TAI AWARD 2022 ON LIFE TIME ACHIEVEMENT AWARD
Nominations for this category of award are for the individual
contributions that have been performed and completed by
his organizations under his dynamic leadership. Judges
will consider the tunnelling and underground projects
implementation and features that demonstrate:
• Specific and discernible contributions during his years
of association
• Peculiar execution philosophy.
• Project challenges overcome
• Measurable outcomes of initiatives taken during his
tenure in terms of actual physical achievements
• Recognitions received.
Life time achievement award Presented Dr. E Sreedharan,
Former Member – Engineering, Railway Board and Former
Managing Director/DMRC for Life time contribution in the Life Time Achievement Award Presented to Dr. E Sreedharan,
development of Tunnel and underground space in Kolkata Former Member – Engineering, Railway Board and Former Manag-
Metro, Konkan Railway, Delhi Metro, Kochi Metro, Lucknow ing Director/DMRC
Metro
• He joined the elite Indian Railway Service of Engineers (IRSE) in December 1954. He had a very distinguished career
in Railways starting as Assistant Engineer on Southern Railway and retiring from the highest technical post on Indian

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 65

cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

Railways as Member - Engineering, Railway Board, in June 1990. He

headed the Konkan Railway Corporation Ltd as its CMD, to execute the
760 km long Konkan Railway from Mumbai to Mangalore, through most
difficult terrains, in an incredibly short period of seven years. The Konkan
Railway project, which had 93 tunnels with a total tunnel length of 82
km and involved tunnelling through soft soil, was very different from the
typical Indian railway projects. On completion of Konkan Railway, he was
appointed to head the prestigious Delhi Metro as its Managing Director
for 14 years. His pioneering contribution to the Delhi Metro and to the
spread of Metro revolution in the country earned him the nick name “Metro
Man” of the country. He had served in the High-Level Advisory Group on
Sustainable Transport (HLAG-ST) to the then UN Secretary General Mr.
Ban Ki-moon.
• Dr. E. Sreedharan is recipient of many prestigious awards, Notable
among them are “Padma Shri” the fourth highest civilian award in 2001
and “Padma Vibhushan” the second highest award in 2008 from Govt. of
India
• Tunnelling Association of India in recognition of his outstanding contributions
to the advancement in tunnelling and underground construction confer Dr.
E. Sreedharan the “Life Time Achievement .Award”
Dr. E. Sreedharan

Workshop on
Observational Approach in Tunnelling: Evolvement,
Issues and Challenges
24–25 June, 2022, MMRDA Auditorium, Mumbai
Prior to the Tunnelling Asia 2022 conference, a workshop on Observational Approach in Tunnelling: Evolvement, Issues and
Challenges was organized on 24-25th June 2022 in the auditorium of MMRDA, Mumbai.

(L–R) Ali Hayri, Lt. Gen. Suresh Sharma, S.K. Gupta and Ronald James Mickell on the dais

66 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

The objective of this workshop was to update the knowledge

of young tunnelling professionals, i.e., Engineers, Geologists
and tunnel technician to understand the various issues
& challenges being faced during investigations, design,
construction and how they can be overcome. About 100
participants from different organized participated in the
deliberations of the workshop. The following topics were
deliberated during the two days deliberations of the workshop
when eminent resource speakers made the presentations
and share their experiences with the participants:

Session 1 : Introduction of NATM and

Investigation
• Observational method and insight in the most common
design approaches from observational point of view –
Panciera Andrea Lt. Gen. Suresh Sharma, Senior Vice President, TAI, lighting the
• Sub-surface Investigation – Dr. Sanjay Rana lamp during the inaugural session

Session 2: Tunnel Design Aspects

• Tunnel Design - Approaches – Dr. Florian Krenn
• Specificities and Stages of tunnel design – Dr. Florian
Krenn
• Support measures - choices, constraints and
implementation– Dr. Florian Krenn
• Influence of construction methods in design approach –
Dr. Rakesh Kumar
• Geo-mechanical Hazard Based Design for Deep Rail
Tunnels in the Himalayas – Sweta Nemani
Session 3: Contract documents
• Contract management – Col. Parikshit Mehra, BRO
• The peculiarities of the construction of the inclined shaft
for the new Ritom pumped storage hydropower plant -
Daniele Bronzetti
Mr. Panciera Andrea addressing the participants
• Segmental lining design with steel fibre reinforced
concrete– Amit Kaul
• Headrace tunnel geo-hazard identification, beyond the
rock mass classification methods – Alberto Vanni &
Davide Vietti
Session 4 : Risk management, Observational
approach
• Sequential excavation in soft ground and hard rock – Dr.
Rakesh Kumar
• Observational approach in tunneling – Requirement of
timely monitoring of instrumentation data – V.K. Rastogi
• Risk management in underground construction – Dr.
Rakesh Kumar
Session 5 : Innovation in Tunnelling
Technologies Dr. Sanjay Rana addressing the participants
• Water control and drainages and water proofing – Zoheb Mistry
• Environmental Friendly Tunnel Linings with SFRC - Amit Kaul
• Ground improvement and Injection technology in underground construction – Naresh Sharma

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 67

cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

Session 6 : Tools to handle problems,

documentation
• Types of machines and support systems – Puneet Narula
• Interface between TBM and Lining – Srinivas Rao Jalan
• Excavation in difficult ground (cavities, fault zones etc.)
– AFCON
Session 7: Industry Segment
• Tunnel concrete lining – Fosroc
• Advantage of SmartFab (A Tata Steel Product) for
application in tunnel construction – Tata Steel

Dr. Florian Krenn addressing the participants

View of the participants

TAIYM Annual Tunnelling Conference on

Underground Space: Challenges & Opportunities
28th June, 2022, Mumbai
About the Young Members Group
With the rapid growth of tunnelling industry, it is important that we also increase our human resources and know-how, in order
to respond to society’s increased demand for the use of underground space in the future. For that reason, ITA created the
ITAYM group in the year 2014 in which young professionals under 35 years in age and students to provide them a technical
networking platform within ITA and bridge the gap between generations. The Group brings together the ever growing number
of young members from around the country looking after the next generation of tunnelling professionals and passing on the
aim and ideals of the ITA.
TAIym Accordingly In line with ITAYM, the Tunnelling Association of India Young Members (TAIym) has been launched on
21st December, 2018 with the following aims and objects:
• provide a technical networking platform within TAI for young professionals and students
• bridge the gap between generations by networking across all experience personnel’s in the industry
• raise awareness of the tunnelling and underground space industry to new generations
• provide young professionals and students with a voice in the TAI and ITA, including the Working Groups
• look after the next generation of tunnelling professionals and to pass on the aims and ideals of the TAI and ITA
The TAIym group is open to all young tunnelling professionals under the age of 35 from various parts of country to be a part
of the organisation. TAIym will conduct technical as well as social events to increase networking among young engineers
involved with underground projects besides it will also organise joint event with schools and universities to motivate students
to get involved in underground construction, also aim to improve the quality of engineers joining the underground projects
in future. TAIym will also encourage the innovative engineering approach among young engineers and promote these

68 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 cbip news letter (Water Resources section)

Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, CBIP, lighting the lamp during the (L–R) Shri Chiranjib Sarkar, Aecom; Lt. Gen. Suresh Sharma,
inaugural session Senior Vice President, TAI, Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, CBIP and
Mr. Ayush Raj, Deputy Chief Engineer/ Civil, NCRTC
innovations at Nation and International levels. TAIym will provide young engineers to interact with experienced engineers
and learn from their practical experiences. The young members group will use modern day digital tools to bring everyone
closer. For example, all the presentations/ events will be streamed online to all members. It is planned to conduct regular
conferences/lectures on updated software and modern construction methodologies by experienced engineers and young
engineers as well. A group of young engineers from various companies active in India are closely working with TAI on the
process of setting up TAIYM and collaborating to expedite the process and launch the young members group to provide all
possible opportunities and skills to young engineers to bring the Indian tunnelling industry at par with global standards.
The first TAIYM Annual conference was organized in side line of Tunnelling Asia 2022 conference on 28th June 2022 on
the topic Underground Space: Challenges & Opportunities. About 50 young engineers from the academic institutions, owner,
consultants and contractors participated in the deliberations of the conference. The proceedings of the conference were spread
in three technical sessions when the Resource Speakers from the industry made the presentations on the following topics:

Technical Session 1
Keynote presentation: State of the art TBM tunnelling - Mr. Neil Moss, Gall Zeidler Consultants
1. First use of permanent sprayed concrete for the Mumbai Metro Line 3 Cross-over cavern - Ramnath Arumugam
2. An overview of S79 (Mula) TBM of Pune Metro Project - Vaishnavi Sanap
3. An experience and overview of the Pandoh - Takoli Bypass Tunnel Project- Chiraag Upadhye & Karan Lakhlani
Technical Session 2
1. Keynote Address: Engineering - I System: Index of Ground Structure - Dr Bineshian Hoss, Amberg
2. Artificial intelligence for Tunnel Engineering applications- Aditya Jagdish Mahale
3. Design of an Underground Station supporting a flyover & Ramp - Chiranjib Sarkar
4. Tunnelling in Urban Areas- Rushi Randeria
Technical Lecture 3 – Dr Florian Krenn, Geoconsult- Overview on NATM Tunnelling
Tunnelling Quiz/General Discussion with Young Members and Valedictory Session

Group Photo

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 69

cbip news letter (energy section)

Valedictory report of the 26 Weeks Post Graduate

Diploma Course in
Transmission & Distribution Systems with
Automation (SCADA / DMS) 2021-22 Batch
27th January 2022, Gurgaon
Valedictory function of the 26 Weeks Post Graduate Diploma Course in Transmission & Distribution Systems with Automation
(SCADA / DMS) 2021-22 Batch was held on July 21st, 2022 at CBIP Centre of Excellence, Gurgaon.
At the very outset Course Coordinator, Sh. Manas Bandyopadhyay extended a warm welcome to the Chief Guest Sh. A.
K. Dinkar, Secretary CBIP; Sh. K. K. Singh, Director (WR); Sh. Sanjeev Singh Director (E), CBIP support staff as well as
all the participants of the course. The participants who have joined the course are a mix of Graduate Engineer with 1-2
years experience, who are ready to explore for more opportunities and Experienced Professionals from various utilities like
APSPDCL, EPC companies like Bajaj Electricals and Sukhbir Agro etc.
Sh. Manas Bandyopadhyay presented a gist of proceedings of the 26 weeks long PGDC Course which commenced from
27th Jan 2022, started with Theory classroom sessions following with approx two months Practical Hands-on sessions
mainly as below-
• Live Demonstration for Transformer Oil Testing, Transformer Core (CRGO), Smart Meter, CT & PT testing in CBIP CoE,
Gurgaon Lab.
• Switchyard / Substation visit and complete demonstration at different voltage at CBIP COE Gurgaon Building with Plot
No 21 and Plot No.9 with 11/0.4 kV CSS with 630 kVA Transformer (Oil Type) 11kV RMU and LT Panel.
• Industrial Electrical System- LV and HV Lab Training from Manufacturers and Plant visits.
• AIS – 66/33/11 kV; GIS – 66/11 kV; 220/66 kV– Substation visits from various Discom in Delhi/ NCR.
• PLC/ SCADA/ DMS/ Smart Meter Testing/ Smart Grid/ EV Charging/ Grid Automation/ Renewable and Solar Plant- Lab
Training and Site visits from Discom and others.

CBIP Dignitaries- [L to R] Sh. Manas Bandyopadhyay, Sh. Sanjeev Singh, Director (E); Sh. A. K. Dinkar, Secretary; Sh. K. K. Singh,
Director (WR); awarding The Best performer of the Course Award to Sh. M. Uday Kumar, AEE APSPDCL.
Thereafter all the participants have presented their views and elaborated upon how they have gained knowledge during
the 26 week PGDC Training Course detailing out various faculties engaged during the entire course and the Practical
modules.
All the participants highly appreciated the practical and hands-on modules as being arranged by CBIP. They informed that
the program was excellent and has met their expectations. They also informed that the modules were very much planned

70 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 cbip news letter (energy section)

and the entire faculties were having in-depth knowledge and the experience about the area in which they took the lectures.
Their way of presentation was excellent. There was lot of learning and it has enhanced their knowledge and skills. They also
informed that the knowledge gained will be implemented at their workplace, once they join at their respective workplace.

Asutosa Nayak M. Uday Kumar Sushant Patel Indranil Jha

A gist of the feedbacks from few participants are as follows :

In my life, one of the best things I have done is that I have joined CBIP. – By Asutosa Nayak, Sukhbir Agro
I am thankful to my Department that they have sent me to CBIP. As a protection engineer I have strengthened my knowledge
here. You can’t get this information or knowledge in YouTube or any Books that I got from CBIP. This platform is very helpful
for all. – By M. Uday Kumar, AEE (Protection), APSPDCL
Thank you CBIP for the Training, it helped us to gain knowledge and inspired us to explore ourselves and I ensure to
encourage others from my company to join this course. – By Sushant Patel, Bajaj Electricals.
After completion of the course, now my concepts are clear and I feel confident in attending the interviews and now have
multiple offers. I ensure to encourage others to join this course through CBIP. – By Indranil Jha, CBIP PGDC certified
Graduate Engineer
CBIP Secretary, Director (WR) and Director (E) have also addressed the participants. Later they have awarded the participants
with certificates for their performance in the 26 weeks training program and wished them for their success.
Although CBIP is not committed for 100% placements but this time with the current PGDC batch CBIP placed with 100% record
achievement and with multiple companies mainly from Manufacturing and other companies from Power Distribution Sector.

Signing of MoU between CBIP & NETCL

to explore the business opportunity of power sector and capacity building
North East Transmission Company Ltd. signed an MoU with Central Board of Irrigation & Power, New Delhi (CBIP) for
the development & impartment of Capacity Building and Skill Development of professionals. The MoU was signed by
Mr. Satyjit Ganguly, Managing Director, NETCL and Mr. A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, CBIP in the presence of Mr. Sanjeev
Singh, Director – Energy, CBIP, Mr. Rajesh Gupta, Director-Projects, NETCL, Mr. Harshal Malewar, Deputy Manager-
Projects, NETCL, Mr. Ritesh Kumar, HOD-HR & Admin., NETCL, Mr. Rajeev Maggo, CFO, NETCL and Mr. Mukesh
Kumar, Company Secretary, NETCL.

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 71

cbip news letter (energy section)

Training Program (online) on

765 KV Transmission System
22nd June 2022
The Tata Power Company Limited, Mumbai requested CBIP for the organization of online training on the “765 KV Transmission
System” for the employees of Tata Power Company Limited.
CBIP has successfully conducted customized physical training programs for eminent organisations like DTL, SECI, THDC,
DVC, UPRVUNL, NHPC, HPSEB, etc. during 2020-21 which were very well appreciated and have received excellent
feedback. CBIP has also conducted various tailor-made online training programs in the recent past exclusively for various
utilities like NTPC, NHPC, TPPDL, THDC, DTL, UPRVUNL, SECI, BYPL, NHDC, etc. besides organizing various open to all
online training programs for the knowledge enhancement of professionals around the nation. More than 10,000 engineers
have taken advantage of various online programs organized by CBIP in the last two years.
Accordingly, CBIP planned training on “765 KV Transmission System” with help of Shri Abhay Kumar, General Manager,
Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd. as the main faculty. The following topics of interest were taken up for deliberations
during this training program:
1. 765 KV Substation AIS and GIS Overview
2. 765 KV Substation – key components, schemes and various Bus configurations
3. 765 KV Substation – Key Technical Requirements
4. 765 KV Substation – Protection, Automation & Communication
5. 765 KV Substation – Earthing and Lightning Protection
6. Cost Optimization Strategies
Shri Abhay Kumar, made two detailed presentations on 22nd June 2022 of two hours each during this important online
program.
The presentations was focused, technical, and to the point. Almost all aspects of 765 kV Transmission System was deliberated
during this virtual program. Shri Abhay Kumar made every effort to make it easy for the participants to grasp the subject.
Various questions/clarifications were asked by the participants and answers/clarifications were elucidated and explained by
Shri Abhay Kumar to their satisfaction. The program was a grand success.

Faculty Profile
Shri Abhay Kumar is an Electrical Engineering graduate and has 27 years of professional
experience working with leading PSU, Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd. Since 1995 he
has been associated with the Design & Engineering of various AIS & GIS EHVAC Substations
up to 765KV, SVC, STATCOM, FSC/TCSC & Series Reactor installations. He has been
instrumental in employing modern technologies in the transmission systems of POWEGRID.
His core area of expertise includes Control, Protection, Automation and FACTS. He has
authored various technical papers in these areas at national & international conferences.
He has been associated with the Protection task force set up by GoI on “Power system
analysis under contingencies”. He has also been associated with the drafting of CBIP
manual – 328 on POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION. He is a Sr. Member-IEEE, Member
CIGRE NSC B5 on Protection and also representing India in CIGRE study committee A3 on
High Voltage equipments. He is also a Member of BIS ETD35.

Abhay Kumar

72 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 cbip news letter (energy section)

National Seminar on
Electrical and Fire Accidents in Power Industry –
Causes and Prevention
23-24 June, 2022, Shimla

(L-R) Shri Vishwa Mohan Joshi, Director, National Skill Development Forum, Shimla, Shri Pankaj Dadwal, Managing Director,
HPSEB and Chairman, National Skill Development Forum (NSDF), Chairman HP State Centre of Institution of Engineers and
Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, Central Board of Irrigation and Power during the Inaugural Session
The Central Board of Irrigation & Power in association with National Skill Development Forum, An Autonomous Fora of
The Institution of Engineers (India), had organized National Seminar on ‘Electrical and Fire Accidents in Power Industry
– Causes and Prevention’ on 23-24 June, 2022 at Shimla. M/s. CTR Manufacturing Industries Private Limited was the
Platinum Sponsor for this seminar. It was attended by about 100 delegates from 35 organizations including Power Utilities,
PSUs, Research Labs, Manufacturers, Pvt. Sector organizations etc.
Though Electric and fire safety, Disaster Management are the key areas where more attention is required to be given but
unfortunately these areas are generally ignored and given casual attention.
Accidents happen in the field due to damage of equipment attributed to deficiencies like faulty design, Poor quality deficiency
in Manufacturing process, Poor Transportation, Erection
and Commissioning, negligence, over confidence, lack
of maintenance and Supervision, ignoring the safety
instructions, lack of training to staff etc. Quite a few people
lost their lives in the country on account of unfortunate
fatal accidents due to failure of electrical equipment, short
circuit etc.
The technical audit of Power plant and sub stations is also
very important which points out the technical deficiencies in
the system and can help in avoidance of major accidents.
CBIP has recently conducted technical audit of Power
Plants and switchyards and substations.
Considering seriousness of this issue and keeping in
importance of human life, CBIP has decided to organized
this National Seminar on ‘Electrical and Fire Accidents in
Power Industry - Causes and Prevention’ in association
with National Skill Development Forum (NSDF), The Shri Pankaj Dadwal, Managing Director, HPSEB and Chairman,
Institution of Engineers (India), Shimla on 23-24 June National Skill Development Forum (NSDF), lighting the lamp during
the inaugural session
2022 at Shimla.

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 73

cbip news letter (energy section)

The main aim of the Seminar was to share the experience and sensitize the utilities the steps/measures which could be to
avoid accidents. A few case studies on various types of emergency situation in power sector giving details of action taken
during and post crisis period and strategy adopted to avoid reoccurrence of such incidents deliberated in the seminar.
The Seminar started on the 23rd June 2022, with the opening
session

Inaugural Session:
Dignitaries graced the dais:
• Shri Pankaj Dadwal, Managing Director, HPSEB and
Chairman, National Skill Development Forum (NSDF),
Chairman HP State Centre of Institution of Engineers
• Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, Central Board of Irrigation
and Power
• Shri Vishwa Mohan Joshi, Director, National Skill
Development Forum, Shimla
Shri Dinkar delivered the Welcome Address. He welcomed
the dignitaries and the experts present on and off the dais.
He briefed the gathering about the various activities of the
CBIP. He again welcomed everyone to the Seminar. Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, Central Board of Irrigation & Power
delivering the Welcome Address
Shri Pankaj Dadwal ji, Managing Director, HPSEB stated
that the accidents are unavoidable and may occur any time.
Since these might occur any time, we need to be ready with
the requisite resources, in terms of equipments, to be able to
handle the situation speedily.
The address was very informative, and was appreciated by
one and all. Not only did he emphasise the importance this
seminar, but also he hoped that this seminar shall provide
valuable food for thought for the participants and encourage
them to apply it in their own workspace.
Shri Vishwa Mohan Joshi, Director, National Skill Development
Forum, Shimla also addressed the participants during
inaugural session.

Technical Sessions Shri Pankaj Dadwal ji, Managing Director, HPSEB, addressing the
There were five Technical Sessions conducted over two participants during inaugural session
days. A total of 15 technical presentations were made by
National level experts from Central Electricity Authority,
National Safety Council, Power Grid Corporation of India
Ltd., TATA Power Company Ltd – Mumbai, ERDA, Takalkar
Power Engineers & Consultants Pvt. Ltd., CTR Manufacturing
Industries Private Limited, Hitachi Energy, UE Systems,
EHSS Services, Soham Technologies, Savita Oil, etc. on the
subject during the Seminar. All the presentations were much
focused, technical and to the point. Almost all aspects of the
subject of the seminar and allied topics deliberated during
this program. The presenters made every effort to make it
easy for the participants to grasp the subject. Further clarity
was enabled by the Q&A opportunity in each session.

Thursday, 23rd June 2022

Technical Session 1:
Shri Vishwa Mohan Joshi, Director, National Skill Development
The session was chaired by Shri B.N. Raval, Managing Forum, Shimla addressing the participants during
Director, Soham Technologies & Life Member SPE. inaugural session

74 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 cbip news letter (energy section)

Following three papers were presented in this

session:
• Electrical and Fire Accidents in Power Industry
– Causes and Prevention - Presentation by an
Expert faculty – Munish Kumar, Lead Consultant
– EHSS Services (Online)
• Electrical Faults and Fire Safety – A Generalized
Approach – A.K. Rajput, Chief Engineer, Sheetal
Jain, Deputy Director, Nishant Kumar, Assistant
Director, Sushil Kumar Suman, Assistant
Director, Naveen Kumar, Assistant Director,
Central Electricity Authority, New Delhi
• Transformer Explosion Prevention – An Insight
into the Success Story of Over 3 Decades
of Explosion Prevention System in Service
– Deepak Jadhav, Divisional Manager, CTR
Manufacturing Industries Ltd., Pune The signing of MoU between CBIP & NSDF for skill development
in the Power Sector
Technical Session 2:
The session was chaired by Shri R.K. Negi, Addl. Chief Engineer, MPPKVVCL.
Following three papers were presented during this session:
• Electrical Fire Incidents - Case Studies - Vikas Barfa, Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd.
• Modern Trends of Electrical Arc Flash Analysis & its Mitigation - Dr. Shivani Sharma, Principal Technical Consultant,
Hitachi Energy (Online)
• Electricity Act, Regulations, Electrical Safety in the industrial sector - B.N. Raval, MD, Soham Technologies & Life
Member SPE

Technical Session 3:
The session was chaired by Shri P.A. Shah, Former CE, GEB & Associate, Takalkar Power EC & Life Member SPE.
Following two papers were presented during this session:
• Switchgear Arc Flash: Causes, Effects & Protection – Chinmoy Shwetekar, Sr. Marketing Engineer, CTR Manufacturing
Industries Ltd., Pune
• Electrical Asset Reliability with Ultrasound - Manohar Chidurala, Director, UE Systems
This was the end of the first day of the Seminar.
Friday, 24th June 2022
Technical Session 4:
This session was chaired by Shri Manohar Chidurala, Director, UE Systems
Following three papers were presented in this session:
1. Use of Safety tools & Equipment’s - Hitesh Karandikar, Former Director, ERDA (Online)
2. Passive Fire Protection Measures – to mitigate fire and save Power system assets - Dinesh Sharma, Sr. Regional
Manager, CTR Manufacturing Industries Ltd., Pune
3. Electrical Fire Hazards – Prevention and Control Measures – S.G. Patil, Director, National Safety Council, Mumbai
(Online)

Technical Session 5:
The session was chaired by Shri Ashim Kumar Bharali, General Manager (Electrical), Oil India Limited
Following three papers were presented in this session:
• Electrical Accidents Case Studies causes and Learning - P. A. Shah, Associate TPEC & Life Member SPE, B. N. Raval,
MD, Soham Technologies & Life Member SPE

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 75

cbip news letter (energy section)

• Enhancing the fire safety of the transformers using ‘K’ class Ester fluids – Amey Kulkarni, Sr. Manager, Savita Oil
• Eliminate Flashover in HT Compartment of Oil Filler Transformer - Nittin Mattoo, Zonal Network Manager, Rohan
Hundiwale, Lead Engineer, Liladhar Vasantrao Sonule, Lead Engineer, TATA Power Company Ltd – Mumbai
All the five sessions were very nicely managed by the chairpersons of the sessions. Various questions/clarifications were
asked by the delegates and answers/doubts were clarified and explained by the presenters as per their satisfaction.
At the end of the day, all participants/delegates gave a very positive feedback about the seminar and emphasized that such
informative/innovative seminars/workshops should be organized in future also.

Sponsorship
M/s CTR Manufacturing Industries Private Limited was the Platinum sponsor of this seminar.

Major suggestions:
1. Training be made mandatory for labourers and sub-contractor staff
2. Safety audits be made mandatory
3. Regular sharing of technical information, incidents/case studies on the subject,
4. Regular recommendation for following norms/standards on environment & safety through sessions within the
organization.
Vote of thanks
The seminar concluded with the closing remarks and vote of
thanks by Shri Vishan Dutt, Chief Manager, CBIP. Shri Dutt
in his closing remarks conveyed his thanks to all the chairman
for their active participation, response to the quarries by
participants and sharing their expert views. Shri Dutt also
thanked all the speakers for their very significant and relevant
presentations. He also thanked M/s. CTR Manufacturing
Industries Private Limited for extending the Platinum
Sponsorship support for this seminar. He also conveyed
his special thanks to Shri Vishwa Mohan Joshi, Director,
National Skill Development Forum, Shimla for the guidance
and support extended for the success of this seminar. Last
but not least he thanked all the participants who came from
various corners of the county. Thereafter, the seminar was
declared closed.
Shri Vishan Dutt, Chief Manager, CBIP delivering his
vote of thanks

Group Photo

76 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 cbip news letter (energy section)

National Tutorial (Online) on

Features in Modern Numerical Relays for enhancing
the performance of Power System Protection
29-30 June 2022
Central Board of Irrigation & Power (CBIP) and CIGRE India jointly organized National Tutorial (online) on ‘‘Features in
Modern Numerical Relays for enhancing the performance of Power System Protection’ on 29-30 June 2022.
As the Power system has grown the complexities of the network has increased to deal with contingencies, abnormal
operating conditions and complex fault conditions. The Numerical Protection Relay technology has addressed a number of
such complexities thereby making protection functions more sensitive, selective and ensuring high speed fault clearance.
This has helped make the modern power system more fault resilient. The program will provide insights into the complexities
of the power system and also how the features of numerical relays can be effectively utilized for Reliable operation of Power
system.
CBIP, while appreciating the concern, has decided to organize this National Tutorial on this important area in the ambit &
scope of it’s training activities.
The program started with welcome address by Shri A.K. Dinkar, Secretary, CBIP. He welcomed all the eminent speakers and
also welcomed the invitees & participants in this Tutorial.
Shri Somes Bandyopadhyay, Chairman CIGRE NSC B5 Protection and Automation & CEO,
Aravali Power Company Private Limited (A Joint Venture of NTPC, HPGCL & IPGCL) made
the key note presentation during this tutorial and covered important technical areas on the
subject. The address was very informative and appreciated by one and all. He hoped that this
tutorial shall provide valuable food for thought for the participants.
Sanjay G. Patki, Distinguished Member of CIGRE and Former Chairman of National Committee
on Protection and Automation was the invited faculty who took two days session and covered
almost all aspects of the features in Modern Numerical Relays for Enhancing the performance
of Power System Protection and allied topics.
Faculty Profile: Shri S.G. Patki, Specialist Power System Protection and Automation; he is
one of the internationally known expert and authority on the subject. Shri Patki is excellent Somes Bandyopadhyay
professional and is actively associated with CBIP & CIGRE India. He is recipient of CIGRE
Distinguished Member award and is was also a Former Chairman of National Committee on
Power System Protection and Automation. He is also the chairman of CBIP experts Group
constituted on the subject. He is having 42 years of experience in Generation, Transmission,
Distribution and Technical Services in the Power Sector and is ocean of knowledge on the
subject.
The program concluded with a Vote of thanks, proposed by CBIP wherein gratitude was
expressed to the eminent speakers and the participants for contributing to the success and
usefulness of the program. This National tutorial was attended by 35 professionals from
Utilities, PSUs, Manufacturing organisations etc. in the country.

S.G. Patki

WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 77

cbip news letter (energy section)

CBIP activities during June-July 2022

S. No. Topics Date

Water Resources Sector

1 Workshop on “Observational approach in Tunnelling: Issues and Challenges” - TAI 24-25 June 2022
2 Physical Conference on Tunnelling Asia 2022-Underground Space - The Need of the Day 27 -28 June, 2022,
- TAI Mumbai
3 Annual TAIYM Conference 28 June, 2022,
Mumbai

Power Sector
1 National Tutorial (Online) on ‘Concepts in Cyber Security of Power Grid and Smart Grid’ 16 – 17 June 2022

2 Training programme (Online) on ‘765 kV Transmission Systems’ (Exclusively for Tata 22 June 2022
Power Company, Mumbai)
3 National Seminar on ‘Electrical and Fire Accidents in Power Industry - Causes and 23 – 24 June 2022
Prevention’ Shimla
4 National Tutorial (Online) on ‘Features in Modern Numerical Relays for Enhancing the 29 – 30 June 2022
performance of Power System Protection’
5 International Conference on ‘Global Power Sector Challenges and Mitigation’ 27-30 July 2022
Rahat Palace Hotel,
Almaty, Kazakhstan
CoE, Gurugram
6 Training Program for Skill Development of ITI Qualified Operators at North Karanpura 06 - 11 June 2022,
Super Thermal Power Project, NTPC NTPC Karanpura
7 Training Program on Disaster Management for the executives of BKTPP, WBPDCL 8 - 10 June 2022,
BKTPP WBPDCL
8 Online Training Program on ERP Implementation for the executives of DVC 13 - 14 June 2022

9 Online Session on "Yoga" for the executives of DVC, Kolkata 14 - 28 June 2022

10 One Day Training Program on Mastering Managerial Communication Competencies plus 15th June 2022, DVC
Marketing & Liasioning for the executives of DVC Kolkata

11 Training Program on "Condition Assessment and Maintenance of Induction Motor" for the 29 - 30 June 2022,
Executives of WBPDCL at SGTPS SGTPS, WBPDCL
12 Training Program for Operation department Contract Workers at NTPC Vindhyachal 04 - 09 July 2022,
Power Station (Batch 5) NTPC Vindhyachal

78 WATER & ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022

 w&e abstracts (water resources section)
Water & Energy Abstracts
Water Resources Section
Blast Resistant Design of Under-ground Structures:
A study of the effect of Rock Class and Rock Cover
– Rajani Sharma and Kanupreiya, Wapcos Ltd.
– Tunnelling Asia’ 2022 – International Conference
on Underground Space : The Need of the Day,
27-28 June 2022, Mumbai
Hardened design requirements for an underground structure
include: penetration and ground shock due to conventional
weapon effects (CWE). In the present study, blast pressure
for a conventional weapon is studied for different rock
conditions and varied rock cover, for a conventional weapon
detonation using formulations as per TM manual.
Calculations are carried out at the overt of the secondary
tunnel lining. For different ductility ratios, free field acceleration
and reflected acceleration are computed using the dynamic
load factor (DLF). Bending moments and axial forces are
calculated using analytical methods. For economic design
of tunnel lining, blast pressures over the structure can be
significantly controlled by use of sacrificial structures such
as buster slab. The effect of providing a buster slab and
its effects on accelerations is examined. Additionally, a
two dimensional equivalent static finite element analysis is
carried out in Ansys using the soil structure interaction for a
sample case. Results from analytical models are compared
with results from numerical analysis.
Observational Method and Insight in The
Most Common Design Approaches From
that Point of View – A. Panciera, Lombardi
Engineering Limited, Giubiasco, Switzerland –
Tunnelling Asia’ 2022 – International Conference
on Underground Space : The Need of the Day,
27-28 June 2022, Mumbai
Observational Method has been defined as the generalised
approach for studying projects in com-plex geological
conditions according to the Eurocode 7, especially for tunnel
projects. Various reasons stay behind the suitability of this
approach. It is valid for all kind of underground work, in every
geological and operational condition.
The task of the engineer is to ascertain the geological
features for defining the boundary condition for the project
execution under safe conditions. The characteristics of the
project and its finalization are part of the equation. The set
of all determinant situations has to be identified in detail as
per available information. For doing this, no classification is
sufficient per se. Geological survey and investigations are
to be collected in the geological-geotechnical model. The
conditions along the tunnel have to be consequently expressed
in terms of lithology, geotechnical characteristics, associated
aspects such as cover, water presence, water sensitivity,
time dependency, operational loading conditions, etc. These
conditions affect the project, requesting a differentiated
solution pattern and, finally, determining the cost and time
for the project execution and commissioning. The approach
allowing to evaluate the hazards, the way how to consider
these in the design process, hence in the construction and
relevant organization, is the so-called hazard scenario
method. The pattern of solutions (conceived, analysed and
verified) for all identified hazards is the base of the design.
This needs to be calibrated to the possible variation of the
conditions, which cannot be known in advance in all details.
The actual response of the support measures to the excavation
and progress has to be monitored and checked under various
points of view. The adjustment of the measures to be applied
for making the construction and the operation safe is a
continuous process, based on observation. This approach
clarifies the origin of the definition of the Observational Method.
The process is based on 4 typical stages: Plan, as studying
the situations and hazards that define the boundary of the de-
sign environment; Do, as actualising the design through the
construction and all requested measures; Check (or Study),
as evaluating the behaviour that the support measures and
the construction are showing; Act, as reacting to the behaviour
by adopting or re-evaluating the suitable countermeasures in
the given conditions (PDCA or PDSA in short, from Deming in
the 50’s and 1982 and Mizuno 1959).
Other design approaches are rather known and currently
applied with satisfactory results in our professional sector:
NATM (New Austrian Tunnelling Method), ADECO-RS
(Analysis of Controlled De-formation in Rocks and Soils), NMT
(Norwegian Method of Tunnelling), RMR approach (Rock
Mass Rating). These approaches are, if ever, only partially
valid, not systematically applicable and representative of
the tunnelling process in limited circumstances. The aim of
the author is to present lead these approaches within the
point of view of the Observational Method and highlight their
characteristics and limits, in order to lead to their careful
application or disregard towards the most general approach
of the hazard scenario method by applying the PDSA cycle.
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 79
w&e abstracts (Energy section)
Water & Energy Abstracts
Energy Section
Germany’s Lighthouse Projects Addressing
Cellular Grids, Industrial DSM and Sector Coupling
– V. Buehner1, B. Meyer1, P. Noglik2, R. Simon3,
M. Kuester4 - 1KISTERS AG, 2ABB AG, 3Simon
Process Engineering GmbH, 4VSE AG, Germany –
CIGRE Paris Session 2018
With the aim of reorganizing the energy system in Germany
towards increasing shares of renewable energies, the German
government launched the so-called “Kopernikus initiative” in
2016 [1]. Kopernikus comprises four large scaled research
projects, each in consultation with different stakeholders
from academia, industry and civil society. Within a period of
10 years and with more than 230 funded partners overall, the
initiative covers four main issues:
1. The development of power grids that are adapted to high
shares of renewable energies (project ENSURE)
2. The storage of excess renewable energy through its
transformation into chemical energy carriers such as
hydrogen, fuels or base chemicals (project P2X, not
included in this paper)
3. The realignment of industrial processes towards a
fluctuating energy supply (project SynErgie)
All projects include renewable and dispersed generation
and address individually energy storages (all commodities),
effects on grid structures, business models and regulatory
aspects, respectively. For the German energy system, the
transformation means a paradigm shift, which offers not only
challenges but also economic opportunities. However, the
projects are also in a competitive situation with respect to
the individual approaches. As an example affordable cost for
chemical storage options might minimize the need for demand
side management and/or grid enforcement and vice versa.
ENSURE plays a key role in the German transformation
of energy systems, which means a paradigm shift from
central towards a more decentral energy system, which
offers not only challenges but also economic opportunities.
Research and development play a key role in ensuring that
the “Energiewende” is economically successful and that
technology suppliers, infrastructure operators and customers
can benefit from it. The Kopernikus project ENSURE aims
to show how we in Germany can integrate energy from
fluctuating renewable sources into the grid in a decentralized
manner and at the same time guarantee an environmentally
friendly, reliable and affordable energy supply.
SynErgie unveils the challenges of information and
communication technology (ICT) for process and market
integration of industrial demand side management. For
years, industrial processes were optimized and incentivized
to use less energy (ISO 50001, [2]). Now they are additionally
inquired to provide electrical flexibility, resulting in flexibility in
the industrial processes themselves. Although there might
80 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022
be high potentials for flexibility in industrial processes, they
seem to be very individual and thus related with specific and
intensive engineering to make them accessible. SynErgie aims
to identify and address flexibility potentials in key production
processes, as well as in common production infrastructures.
The project introduces an interdisciplinary and platform
oriented approach to separate flexibility management. The
so-called company platform addresses flexibility on the
process and company level (production logistics, planning
and operation). To enable commercialization of flexibility
potentials and combine and pool single contributions
to products, a common market platform is designated
to allow inter-company trade and/or trading on regular
energy markets. In this context, one ICT-related aspect is
very relevant for industrial customers: to conceal sensitive
data from the market and thus from competitors. Due to
transparency rules in regulated markets, a competitor might
otherwise be able to evaluate the utilization and free capacity
of a flexibility providing company. SynErgie also investigates
suitable flexibility products for national or local markets. Only
with appropriate incentives from these markets, industrial
customers will invest in ICT and engineering to develop
and offer their flexibility. The project eNavi addresses sector
coupling in terms of an integrated, holistic perspective on the
optimization of electrical power, (electrical) mobility, heat and
gas systems. It also concentrates on social aspects and the
question of acceptance by citizens and customers. Not only
with respect to potentially higher prices, but also regarding
their willingness to provide and use flexibility in terms of
demand side management and mobility. As with SynErgie,
local markets for flexibility are also addressed. Conventional
virtual power plants can be limited in the number of assets to
be optimized and controlled concurrently, hence hierarchical
cascades of VPP or pools are often used to overcome this
limitation. eNavi introduces a new two-stage optimization
and scheduling approach for virtual power plants, to allow for
a significant higher number of individual assets in one pool.

News - Water Resources Section
Nobel laureate, Professor Michael
Kremer meets Officers of Jal Jeevan
Mission, DDWS
Assures of collaboration with regard to safe storage of
water, new and cost-effective water treatment technologies
and impact studies on tap water availability in villages.
Nobel laureate Professor Michael Kremer interacted with Smt.
Vini Mahajan, Secretary and senior officers from Department
of Drinking Water and Sanitation, Ministry of Health & Family
Welfare, UNICEF and other sector partners.
Prof. Michael Kremer is an American development economist
who was jointly awarded Nobel prize in Economics in the
year 2019 with Abhijit Banerjee and Esther Duflo, for their
experimental approach to alleviating global poverty. Prof.
Kremer while addressing the officials said that one important
finding from his study was that nearly 30% infant deaths
can be reduced if safe water is made available to families
for drinking. Diarrhoea is a very common ailment especially
among new-born children. The new-borns are susceptible to
water ailments and survey undertaken during their research,
draws a conclusion that 1 in every 4 deaths, pertaining
to children can be prevented with provision of safe water.
Therefore, ‘Har Ghar Jal’ programme plays a crucial role in
improving health parameters especially among children.
Prof. Kremer was happy to learn that Jal Jeevan Mission was
not just making water available in rural household, but it also
ensured that water supplied was of prescribed quality. In this
regard, regular testing of water sources and end points was
carried out through water testing laboratory and community
surveillance using Field Test Kits (FTKs). Smt. Mahajan,
highlighted the challenges on sustainability and suggested
that behavioral change is required at ground level to ensure
that the water is used judiciously. Shri Nicholas Osbert,
Chief-WASH from UNICEF, India spoke on the impact of safe
water on child health. Other sector partners like WaterAid
and Wash Institute shared their views on importance of safe
drinking water.
Shri Vikas Sheel, AS & MD, National Jal Jeevan Mission said
that JJM offers new opportunities for undertaking operational
research. He said, it was the right time to undertake such
far & near (water resources section)
studies as the villages are at different stages of coverage.
While few villages have 100% coverage, many villages have
partial tap water supply while some were still dependent on
fetching water from the stand post. Prof. Kremer assured of
collaboration in future with regard to safe storage of water,
new and cost-effective water treatment technologies and
impact studies on tap water availability in villages.
Israel deepens strategic partnership
with India in agriculture & water
Ambassador Ms. Eynat Shlein, Head of MASHAV- Israel’s
Agency for International Development Cooperation, Ministry
of Foreign Affairs of the State of Israel, visited India with an
aim to further strengthen Israel-India strategic partnership and
development cooperation in the fields of agriculture and water.
Shlein said, “India is a strong, strategic partner of Israel.
The two most significant pillars of our growing relations are
cooperation in agriculture and water, which was the focus
during my visit to India. These two fields are so important
that out of the 6 resident experts that Mashav posted around
the world, 2 are based in India.” She added, “We are keen
to continue and expand our cooperation with all our partners
in India as we continue enhancing the strategic partnership
between our two nations. Currently we have 29 fully-active
Indo-Israeli Centers of Excellence in different parts of India,
which are benefiting millions of Indian farmers on a daily basis.
Thirteen more such centers are in the pipeline. Gradually
these centers will be expanded into Villages of Excellence in
partnership with local state governments, which will further
prove beneficial for larger populations.”
Ms. Shlein toured Delhi, Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan and
met with senior government officials, local farmers and also
visited Indo-Israeli Centers of Excellence that have been
established under the framework of Indo-Israel Agricultural
Project (IIAP). Ms. Shlein held a bilateral meeting with Shri
Yogi Adityanath, Chief Minister, Uttar Pradesh. Both sides
had an extensive discussion about enhancing the existing
cooperation and future joint projects in water management
and agriculture. One of the main highlights of this visit was
the signing of a joint declaration between Israel and the
Irrigation and Water Resources Department, Haryana in the
field of integrated water resources management and capacity
building. As part of this joint declaration, MASHAV will share
knowledge, capacity building and Israeli technologies for the
development of Haryana in the water management sector.
During the visit, Shlein also met with senior leaders from
the Department of Agriculture & Horticulture, Government of
Rajasthan. In Delhi, Ambassador Ms. Shlein held discussions
with Economic Relations officials at the Ministry of External
Affairs about continuing dialogues between both nations
on development cooperation. She also visited the office of
National Mission for Clean Ganga, Ministry of Jal Shakti to
discuss various areas of cooperation in the water sector.
WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022 81
far & near (energy section)
News - Energy Section
NTPC commissions India’s largest
floating solar power project
NTPC announced on Friday that its 100 megawatt (MW)
floating solar photovoltaic plant in Telangana is now fully
operational.
In a BSE filing it said, “Consequent upon successful
commissioning, last part capacity of 20 MW out of 100 MW
Ramagundam floating solar PV project at Ramagundam,
Telangana is declared on commercial operation with effect
from 00:00 hours of 01.07.2022.
The project’s reservoir spans 500 acres and was built with a
cost of Rs. 423 crores through M/s BHEL’s EPC (Engineering,
Procurement and Construction) contract. 40 blocks, each
with a 2.5 MW capacity. One floating platform and an array
of 11,200 solar modules make up each block. One inverter,
a transformer, and a high-temperature breakers make up the
floating platform.
The high density polyethylene (HDPE) floaters on which the
solar panels are mounted.
Through an unique HMPE (High Modulus Polyethylene)
rope, the complete floating system is fastened to the dead
weights positioned in the balancing reservoir bed. 33KV
subterranean cables are used to evacuate the power up to
the current switch yard.
The most evident virtue from an environmental standpoint is
the minimal amount of land needed, largely for accompanying
evacuation plans.
Additionally, the presence of floating solar panels reduces
the rate of water evaporation from water bodies, aiding in
water conservation.
Shri Anand stated that NTPC had previously proclaimed the
commercial operation of two floating solar projects: 92 MW
82 WATER and ENERGY INTERNATIONAL July 2022
at Kayamkulam (Kerala) and 25 MW at Simhadri (Andhra
Pradesh). Ramagundam’s 100-MW Floating Solar Project
is equipped with cutting-edge technology and eco-friendly
features.
The evaporation of about 32.5 lakh cubic metres of water
annually can be stopped. The presence of a body of water
beneath the solar panels keeps the temperature there stable,
increasing production and efficiency.
Similarly, it is possible to reduce annual CO2 emissions by
2,10,000 metric tonnes while still avoiding annual coal usage
of 1,65,000 metric tonnes.
Source : ET Online, Jul 01, 2022
India’s power consumption grows 17.2
pc to 134.13 bn units in June
Power consumption in the country grew by 17.2 per cent
year-on-year to 134.13 billion units (BU) in June, amid severe
heat and spurt in economic activities. Power consumption in
June last year was recorded at 114.48 BU, which was higher
than 105.08 BU in the same month of 2020, according to
power ministry data.
Moreover, peak power demand met, which is the highest
supply in a day, during June this year remained at an all-time
high of 209.80 GW (on June 8).
The peak power supply stood at 191.24 GW in June 2021,
and 164.98 GW in June 2020.
The power consumption and demand were affected in June
2020, due to the imposition of lockdown restrictions for
curbing the spread of the coronavirus.
The power consumption in June 2019 (pre-pandemic period)
was at 117.98 billion units.
According to experts, power consumption and demand
rose mainly because of severe heat and spurt in economic
activities, pushing commercial and industrial requirements of
electricity in the country.
The third wave of the pandemic hit the country in January this
year, which forced many states to impose local restrictions
such as night and weekend curfews. They had also taken
measures like a ban on dining in bars and restaurants. These
restrictions were eased gradually.
According to experts power demand and consumption is
likely to grow at higher rates in the coming months.
Source : PTI, Jul 01, 2022
 Explosion Prevention and Fire Extinguishing System for
Transformers and Reactors

Enhanced
monitoring

Tapchanger Control and Health Monitoring System

Can be supplied with Tapchanger
Monitoring System.
Tapchangers are suitable for Natural and
Synthetic Ester oil.
Compatible with Smart Grid communication
protocol as per IEC:61850
Tapchangers can be supplied with
Non-hygroscopic SMC material.
*Product images are representative; the final product may differ in shape and size on account of continuous improvement process.
SPECIAL FEATURES :
SAS \ SCADA communicable on all types
of protocols including IEC 61850 with event
logging system.
System operating lifting magnets are
monitored 24 x 7 for healthyness.
Nitrogen release scheme designed to avoid
gas entering into the energised transformer
tank.
Pressure monitoring switch for back up
protection to improve reliability of nitrogen
release.

+91-20-26633402/5
www.ctr.in
CTR MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES PVT LTD
INCREDIBLE SOLUTIONS

Nagar Road, Pune 411 014, India

CTR
1024.R0
PREVENTING ARC FLASHOVERS
ELECTRICAL ASSEST RELIABILITY
USING ULTRASOUND!

Add Ultrasonic Inspection in your pdm

Don't let Partial Discharge be unattended

SAFE DETECTION OF PARTIAL DISCHARGE

CORONA, TRACKING, ARCHING
Use UE Systems Ultraprobe Instruments for inspection and perform Spectrum Analysis for
acurate diagnosis of electrical anomalies.

OUTDOOR S/S INDOOR S/S TRANSFORMER

CT, PT, LA, Bushings, HT Switgear Panels, HT Bushings, Tap Changer,
Isolator, Busbar and RMUs, MCC, Motor Internal Partial Discharge
Transmission Towers Terminal Boxes

www.uesystems.com manoharc@UEsystems.com +91 9948076552